Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Differential Geometry

71 missions · 30 completed

Missions

Open41Completed30All71
🏆Completed
Geometry & Topology·Captain: wurtle

A Three-Manifold Without Conjugate Points and Without a Nonpositively Curved MetricResearch Paper

Motivation

Along a geodesic of a Riemannian manifold, a Jacobi field describes how nearby geodesics spread apart. Two points of a geodesic are conjugate if some nonzero Jacobi field vanishes at both; a metric has no conjugate points if this never happens. Nonpositive sectional curvature implies no conjugate points (by the Rauch comparison), and the two conditions share many consequences: the universal cover is diffeomorphic to Rn\mathbb R^nRn via the exponential map, and the fundamental group controls the geometry. For a single metric the converse fails: Gulliver (1975) produced metrics without conjugate points that have regions of positive curvature. The existence question is subtler: must a closed manifold that carries some metric without conjugate points also carry some metric of nonpositive curvature? Ivanov and Kapovitch (2014) and the Burns–Matveev survey (2021) ask this, explicitly including dimension three.

Background

  • 1963. Milnor's Morse Theory develops the index-form framework for conjugate points.
  • 1975. Gulliver shows that absence of conjugate points does not force nonpositive curvature for an individual metric (doi:10.1090/S0002-9947-1975-0383294-0).
  • 1995. Leeb characterizes 3-manifolds with nonpositively curved metrics and gives two-piece graph-manifold obstructions (doi:10.1007/BF01231445).
  • 1996. Kapovich and Leeb study discrete group actions on nonpositively curved spaces (doi:10.1007/BF01445254).
  • 2014. Ivanov and Kapovitch ask the existence question (Questions 1.1, 8.1), single out graph manifolds glued from punctured-torus products, and prove that a closed 3-manifold has a metric without focal points iff it has one of nonpositive curvature (doi:10.4310/jdg/1393424918).
  • 2021. Burns and Matveev list the question (Question 4.1.2) (doi:10.1017/etds.2019.73).

In dimension two the answer is positive (Euler characteristic and uniformization), so dimension three is the first case. The source of this mission is an OpenAI preprint dated September 24, 2026, which answers the question negatively in dimension three.

Setting

Let MMM be a closed (compact, boundaryless) connected smooth 3-manifold with a smooth Riemannian metric ggg. In a chart, with Christoffel symbols Γjki\Gamma^i_{jk}Γjki​, a curve γ\gammaγ is a geodesic if γ¨i+Γjkiγ˙jγ˙k=0\ddot\gamma^i+\Gamma^i_{jk}\dot\gamma^j\dot\gamma^k=0γ¨​i+Γjki​γ˙​jγ˙​k=0. With covariant derivative DsD_sDs​ along γ\gammaγ and curvature R(X,Y)Z=∇X∇YZ−∇Y∇XZ−∇[X,Y]ZR(X,Y)Z=\nabla_X\nabla_YZ-\nabla_Y\nabla_XZ-\nabla_{[X,Y]}ZR(X,Y)Z=∇X​∇Y​Z−∇Y​∇X​Z−∇[X,Y]​Z, a Jacobi field is a smooth vector field JJJ along γ\gammaγ with

Ds2J+R(J,γ˙)γ˙=0.D_s^2J+R(J,\dot\gamma)\dot\gamma=0.Ds2​J+R(J,γ˙​)γ˙​=0.

ggg has no conjugate points if every Jacobi field vanishing at two distinct times vanishes identically. ggg has nonpositive sectional curvature if g(R(u,v)v,u)≤0g(R(u,v)v,u)\le0g(R(u,v)v,u)≤0 for all tangent vectors u,vu,vu,v.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1.1

∃ M closed, connected, orientable smooth 3-manifold:∃ g without conjugate points,∄ g′ with sec⁡g′≤0.\exists\,M\ \text{closed, connected, orientable smooth 3-manifold}:\quad \exists\,g\ \text{without conjugate points},\quad \nexists\,g'\ \text{with } \sec_{g'}\le0.∃M closed, connected, orientable smooth 3-manifold:∃g without conjugate points,∄g′ with secg′​≤0.

The Lean statement OAI.ThreeManifold.main_theorem is open on the platform.

Significance

The theorem shows that, starting in dimension three, the existence of a metric without conjugate points is strictly weaker than the existence of a nonpositively curved metric, answering the Ivanov–Kapovitch question. The same manifold carries no locally CAT(0) length metric and, by the Ivanov–Kapovitch equivalence, no metric without focal points, so it separates "no conjugate points" from "no focal points" as well. The example is a graph manifold glued from two copies of (punctured torus)×S1\times S^1×S1, exactly the test case Ivanov and Kapovitch proposed.

The result is stated in an OpenAI preprint; it has not been peer reviewed, and no machine-checked proof exists.

Difficulty

Two separate problems must be solved. The obstruction side (no nonpositively curved metric) follows from Leeb's graph-manifold criterion and is group-theoretic. The construction side is analytic: one must build a metric across the gluing neck and prove that every complete geodesic, including those that enter and leave the neck infinitely often at arbitrary angles, has no conjugate points. Nonpositive curvature is not available in the neck, so the Rauch comparison does not apply; the index form must be controlled with endpoint terms uniformly in entry angle, turning height and excursion time.

Formalization scope

  • Manifolds are ChartedSpace (Fin 3 → ℝ) with IsManifold 𝓘(ℝ, Fin 3 → ℝ) ∞, compact, connected, Hausdorff, second countable; orientability is OrientedAtlas (all transition maps have positive Jacobian determinant).
  • Metrics are ContMDiffRiemannianMetric; Christoffel symbols and curvature are computed in every atlas chart from fderiv of the coordinate metric.
  • IsGeodesicOn g γ U asks for a smooth curve satisfying the geodesic equation in every chart on the open interval U; IsJacobiFieldOn asks for chart-smooth fields satisfying the Jacobi equation.
  • NoConjugatePoints g: for every open interval U, geodesic and Jacobi field on U, vanishing at two distinct times forces vanishing on U.
  • NonpositiveSectionalCurvature g: g(R(u,v)v,u)≤0g(R(u,v)v,u)\le0g(R(u,v)v,u)≤0 for all chart points and vectors; the goal asserts no smooth metric on the same smooth manifold has this property.

A complete development needs Riemannian geometry in coordinates, geodesic flows and Jacobi fields, the index form, Cartan–Hadamard/flat torus theorems and the group theory of graph manifolds. Contributions formalizing Theorem 2.1 (no proper cocompact CAT(0) action), Lemma 6.2 (index-form criterion) and Proposition 6.1 (assembly of passage estimates) are welcome.

Selected references

  • OpenAI, A Three-Manifold Without Conjugate Points and Without a Nonpositively Curved Metric, preprint, September 24, 2026. https://github.com/openai/math/blob/adc7f1241b42e322a6451854ab7e4b4c146bf78a/preprints/A-Three-Manifold-Without-Conjugate-Points-and-Without-a-Nonpositively-Curved-Metric-September-24-2026/paper.pdf
  • S. Ivanov, V. Kapovitch, Manifolds without conjugate points and their fundamental groups, J. Differential Geom., 2014. https://doi.org/10.4310/jdg/1393424918
  • K. Burns, V. S. Matveev, Open problems and questions about geodesics, Ergodic Theory Dynam. Systems, 2021. https://doi.org/10.1017/etds.2019.73
  • R. Gulliver, On the variety of manifolds without conjugate points, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc., 1975. https://doi.org/10.1090/S0002-9947-1975-0383294-0
  • B. Leeb, 3-manifolds with(out) metrics of nonpositive curvature, Invent. Math., 1995. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01231445
  • M. Kapovich, B. Leeb, Actions of discrete groups on nonpositively curved spaces, Math. Ann., 1996. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01445254
  • J. Milnor, Morse Theory, Princeton University Press, 1963.
31 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Algebraic Geometry·Captain: wurtle

Universal-cover splitting for compact Kähler manifoldsResearch Paper

Motivation: when does a split tangent bundle come from a product?

If a complex manifold is a product Y1×Y2Y_1\times Y_2Y1​×Y2​, its holomorphic tangent bundle is the direct sum of the tangent bundles of the factors. The converse question asks when a given holomorphic decomposition TX=E1⊕E2T_X=E_1\oplus E_2TX​=E1​⊕E2​ of the tangent bundle of a compact manifold XXX comes from a product decomposition of its universal cover, with the product realizing the specified summands rather than some other splitting. This is the complex-analytic counterpart of the de Rham decomposition theorem for Riemannian manifolds with parallel complementary distributions (de Rham 1952), but a holomorphic splitting supplies no complete metric making the distributions parallel, so de Rham's argument does not apply. The question sits between foliation theory, Kähler geometry and the classification of projective manifolds with split tangent bundle.

Timeline

  • 1952 — de Rham: a complete Riemannian manifold with parallel complementary orthogonal distributions has universal cover isometric to a product (de Rham 1952).
  • 1993 — Yau proves a splitting theorem for Kähler–Einstein manifolds (Yau, Comm. Anal. Geom. 1 (1993)).
  • 2000 — Beauville formulates the compatible universal-cover conjecture for compact Kähler manifolds whose tangent summands have integrable partial sums, and proves it for Kähler–Einstein manifolds and compact Kähler surfaces (Beauville 2000, Section 2.3, Theorems A and C). Druel treats projective manifolds whose tangent bundle is a sum of line bundles (Druel 2000).
  • 2006 — Brunella, Pereira and Touzet settle the case of a line summand with integrable complement on compact Kähler manifolds (BPT 2006).
  • 2007 — Höring proves automatic integrability for split tangent bundles on non-uniruled projective manifolds (Höring 2007).
  • 2013–2024 — Pereira–Touzet obtain a compatible Euclidean factor when one involutive summand is Hermitian flat (PT 2013); Druel, Pereira, Pym and Touzet handle a foliation with a compact leaf with finite holonomy (DPPT 2022) and numerically flat regular foliations (DPPT 2024).
  • 2026 — Höring proves algebraic integrability for tangent summands on klt Fano-type varieties (Höring 2026). An OpenAI preprint, Universal-cover splitting for compact Kähler manifolds (OpenAI Math Release, September 23, 2026), claims the two-summand case of Beauville's conjecture in arbitrary positive ranks. The preprint has not been peer reviewed, and its main theorem is not formally verified.

Setting

A complex manifold XXX of dimension nnn is a Hausdorff, second-countable space with holomorphic charts to Cn\mathbb C^nCn. A Kähler metric is a smooth Riemannian metric ggg on the real tangent bundle that is Hermitian (g(Ju,Jv)=g(u,v)g(Ju,Jv)=g(u,v)g(Ju,Jv)=g(u,v) for multiplication JJJ by iii) and whose fundamental form ω(u,v)=g(Ju,v)\omega(u,v)=g(Ju,v)ω(u,v)=g(Ju,v) is closed.

A holomorphic splitting of TXT_XTX​ with ranks r1,r2r_1,r_2r1​,r2​ is given by a field PPP of C\mathbb CC-linear idempotents Px:TxX→TxXP_x:T_xX\to T_xXPx​:Tx​X→Tx​X, holomorphic in charts, with rank⁡Px=r1\operatorname{rank}P_x=r_1rankPx​=r1​ and dim⁡ker⁡Px=r2\dim\ker P_x=r_2dimkerPx​=r2​; then E1=im⁡PE_1=\operatorname{im}PE1​=imP, E2=ker⁡PE_2=\ker PE2​=kerP and TX=E1⊕E2T_X=E_1\oplus E_2TX​=E1​⊕E2​. A subbundle is integrable if its local holomorphic sections are closed under the Lie bracket. The ordinary universal cover π:X~→X\pi:\widetilde X\to Xπ:X→X is a connected, simply connected covering space carrying the lifted complex structure.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1.1 (compatible universal-cover splitting)

Let XXX be a compact connected Kähler manifold of complex dimension n≥2n\ge2n≥2 and TX=E1⊕E2T_X=E_1\oplus E_2TX​=E1​⊕E2​ a holomorphic splitting into integrable subbundles of positive ranks r1,r2r_1,r_2r1​,r2​. Then there are connected, simply connected complex manifolds Y1,Y2Y_1,Y_2Y1​,Y2​ with dim⁡CYi=ri\dim_{\mathbb C}Y_i=r_idimC​Yi​=ri​ and a biholomorphism Φ:X~→Y1×Y2\Phi:\widetilde X\to Y_1\times Y_2Φ:X→Y1​×Y2​ with

dΦ(π∗E1)=pr1∗TY1,dΦ(π∗E2)=pr2∗TY2.d\Phi\big(\pi^*E_1\big)=\mathrm{pr}_1^*T_{Y_1},\qquad d\Phi\big(\pi^*E_2\big)=\mathrm{pr}_2^*T_{Y_2}.dΦ(π∗E1​)=pr1∗​TY1​​,dΦ(π∗E2​)=pr2∗​TY2​​.

The goal statement is published on the platform with status Open: no machine-checked proof exists yet.

Significance

The result itself. The theorem proves the two-summand form of Beauville's conjecture with no flatness, compact-leaf or line-bundle assumption: integrability of both summands and a Kähler metric on a compact manifold suffice. Combined with Höring's integrability theorem it gives compatible product decompositions for every split tangent bundle on a non-uniruled projective manifold (Corollary 1.2), and for projective manifolds with nef and big canonical bundle (Corollary 1.3). With the companion preprint on rationally connected manifolds it also covers split tangent bundles there. The factors may be noncompact, and the conclusion concerns the universal cover, not a finite cover.

Formalizing it. The statement involves universal covers, Kähler forms, holomorphic distributions and biholomorphisms of products, all of which must be expressed with Mathlib's manifold library. A machine-checked proof would certify a global continuation argument (Hartogs-type extension, boundary crossing, path rectangles and monodromy) for which no prior formal treatment exists.

Difficulty

Integrability alone gives, by holomorphic Frobenius, local product coordinates. The obvious strategy is to continue these local products along paths and use simple connectivity of X~\widetilde XX. This fails because a path in one foliation need not be transportable along a path in the other: local product charts can break down, and leaves can be noncompact and dense. Compactness makes every metric complete, but does not make the foliations parallel, so the de Rham argument is unavailable. Beauville's example on A×P1A\times\mathbb P^1A×P1 (AAA an abelian surface) shows that even when XXX is a product, a non-integrable complementary summand need not be realized by any product structure, so both integrability hypotheses are needed.

Formalization scope

  • ComplexManifold n bundles a Hausdorff, second-countable type with an atlas modeled on Fin n → ℂ that is smooth for 𝓘(ℂ, Fin n → ℂ), i.e. holomorphic transition maps.
  • KahlerMetric X is a real bilinear form on each tangent space that is symmetric, positive definite, invariant under multiplication by Complex.I, smooth in every chart, and whose fundamental form is closed (the cyclic sum of its chart derivatives vanishes).
  • HolomorphicSplitting X r₁ r₂ is a field of idempotent continuous ℂ-linear maps, holomorphic in charts, with range of rank r1r_1r1​ and kernel of rank r2r_2r2​. Integrable P says that chart-local holomorphic vector fields with values in the range of PPP have bracket in the range of PPP; both S.projection and the complementary projection are assumed integrable.
  • OrdinaryUniversalCover X Z is a covering map from a connected, simply connected complex manifold ZZZ that is a local biholomorphism.
  • CompatibleProduct asks for a homeomorphism Φ:Z→Y1×Y2\Phi:Z\to Y_1\times Y_2Φ:Z→Y1​×Y2​, holomorphic with holomorphic inverse, whose differential sends the pullback of E1E_1E1​ onto ker⁡(snd)\ker(\mathrm{snd})ker(snd) and the pullback of E2E_2E2​ onto ker⁡(fst)\ker(\mathrm{fst})ker(fst).
  • Hypotheses: XXX compact and connected, n≥2n\ge2n≥2, r1,r2>0r_1,r_2>0r1​,r2​>0. A rank-zero summand would make the statement trivial and is excluded, as in the source.
  • Infrastructure needed: holomorphic Frobenius, foliation leaves, meromorphic Hartogs extension, Stokes' theorem for Kähler forms, monodromy for covering spaces. The Kähler-metric and splitting definitions are reusable for the companion integrability mission.

Selected references

  • G. de Rham, Sur la réductibilité d'un espace de Riemann, Comment. Math. Helv. 26 (1952), 328–344. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02564308
  • S.-T. Yau, A splitting theorem and an algebraic geometric characterization of locally Hermitian symmetric spaces, Comm. Anal. Geom. 1 (1993), 473–486.
  • A. Beauville, Complex manifolds with split tangent bundle, in Complex Analysis and Algebraic Geometry (de Gruyter, 2000), 61–70. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110806090-004
  • S. Druel, Variétés algébriques dont le fibré tangent est totalement décomposé, J. Reine Angew. Math. 522 (2000), 161–171. https://arxiv.org/abs/math/9901138v2
  • M. Brunella, J. V. Pereira, F. Touzet, Kähler manifolds with split tangent bundle, Bull. Soc. Math. France 134 (2006), 241–252. https://doi.org/10.24033/bsmf.2507
  • A. Höring, Uniruled varieties with split tangent bundle, Math. Z. 256 (2007), 465–479. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00209-006-0072-5
  • J. V. Pereira, F. Touzet, Foliations with vanishing Chern classes, Bull. Braz. Math. Soc. 44 (2013), 731–754. https://arxiv.org/abs/1210.5916v1
  • S. Druel, J. V. Pereira, B. Pym, F. Touzet, A global Weinstein splitting theorem for holomorphic Poisson manifolds, Geom. Topol. 26 (2022), 2831–2853. https://doi.org/10.2140/gt.2022.26.2831
  • S. Druel, J. V. Pereira, B. Pym, F. Touzet, Numerically flat foliations and holomorphic Poisson geometry, preprint (2024). https://arxiv.org/abs/2411.08806v1
  • A. Höring, Fano varieties with split tangent sheaf, preprint (2026). https://arxiv.org/abs/2602.15427v1
  • OpenAI, Universal-cover splitting for compact Kähler manifolds, OpenAI Math Release preprint, September 23, 2026 (source of the goal; Theorem 1.1, p. 3). https://github.com/openai/math/blob/adc7f1241b42e322a6451854ab7e4b4c146bf78a/preprints/Universal-cover-splitting-for-compact-Kahler-manifolds-September-23-2026/paper.pdf
2 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Algebraic GeometryLinear OptimizationOperations Research+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Log-Barrier Interior Point Methods Are Not Strongly Polynomial 2: The Total Curvature of the Central Path of LW_r(t) Exceeds (2^(r−2) − 1)π/2 − ε for All Large tResearch Paper

Motivation: curvature of the central path as a complexity measure

Path-following interior point methods solve a linear program by tracking its central path, a smooth curve that runs through the interior of the feasible set and ends at an optimal solution. Their number of iterations is polynomial in the bit size of the input, and whether some interior point method is strongly polynomial (bounded by a polynomial in the number of variables and constraints alone) is open. Bayer and Lagarias called the central path "a fundamental mathematical object underlying Karmarkar's algorithm". Dedieu and Shub proposed its total curvature as an informal complexity measure: a path that turns little should be easy to follow with straight steps. Several results bound that curvature:

  • 2005. Dedieu and Shub conjecture that the total curvature of the central path is bounded linearly in the dimension. Dedieu, Malajovich and Shub prove an O(n)O(n)O(n) bound on average over the regions of a hyperplane arrangement. De Loera, Sturmfels and Vinzant later obtain the same averaged bound with matroid methods (arXiv:1012.3978).
  • 2008–2009. Deza, Terlaky and Zinchenko build redundant Klee–Minty cubes and "snakes" with curvature Ω(m)\Omega(m)Ω(m) for mmm inequalities, which refutes the dimension version. They then conjecture the continuous analogue of the Hirsch conjecture: the total curvature is bounded linearly in the number of constraints.
  • 2014–2017. Allamigeon, Benchimol, Gaubert and Joswig disprove that conjecture with a family of linear programs whose central paths have curvature exponential in the number of constraints. The bound first appeared in arXiv:1405.4161 and was given an elementary tropical proof in arXiv:1708.01544v2, Theorem 25, which is the result of this mission.

Setting

A linear program in slack form has a real m×nm\times nm×n matrix AAA, b∈Rmb\in\mathbb R^mb∈Rm, c∈Rnc\in\mathbb R^nc∈Rn and N:=n+mN:=n+mN:=n+m:

LP(A,b,c): min⁡ ⟨c,x⟩  s.t. Ax+w=b, (x,w)≥0,DualLP(A,b,c): s−A⊤y=c, (s,y)≥0.\mathrm{LP}(A,b,c):\ \min\ \langle c,x\rangle\ \text{ s.t. } Ax+w=b,\ (x,w)\ge0,\qquad \mathrm{DualLP}(A,b,c):\ s-A^\top y=c,\ (s,y)\ge0 .LP(A,b,c): min ⟨c,x⟩  s.t. Ax+w=b, (x,w)≥0,DualLP(A,b,c): s−A⊤y=c, (s,y)≥0.

For μ>0\mu>0μ>0 the point of the central path (xμ,wμ,sμ,yμ)∈R2N(x^\mu,w^\mu,s^\mu,y^\mu)\in\mathbb R^{2N}(xμ,wμ,sμ,yμ)∈R2N is the unique solution of

Ax+w=b,s−A⊤y=c,xjsj=μ,wiyi=μ,x,w,s,y>0.(1)Ax+w=b,\quad s-A^\top y=c,\quad x_js_j=\mu,\quad w_iy_i=\mu,\quad x,w,s,y>0. \tag{1}Ax+w=b,s−A⊤y=c,xj​sj​=μ,wi​yi​=μ,x,w,s,y>0.(1)

The primal central path is μ↦(xμ,wμ)∈RN\mu\mapsto(x^\mu,w^\mu)\in\mathbb R^Nμ↦(xμ,wμ)∈RN.

For r≥1r\ge1r≥1 and t>0t>0t>0, the program LWr(t)\mathbf{LW}_r(t)LWr​(t) minimizes x1x_1x1​ over x∈R2rx\in\mathbb R^{2r}x∈R2r subject to

x1≤t2,x2≤t,x2j+1≤t x2j−1,x2j+1≤t x2j,x2j+2≤t1−1/2j(x2j−1+x2j)  (1≤j<r),x≥0.x_1\le t^2,\quad x_2\le t,\quad x_{2j+1}\le t\,x_{2j-1},\quad x_{2j+1}\le t\,x_{2j},\quad x_{2j+2}\le t^{1-1/2^j}(x_{2j-1}+x_{2j})\ \ (1\le j<r),\quad x\ge0 .x1​≤t2,x2​≤t,x2j+1​≤tx2j−1​,x2j+1​≤tx2j​,x2j+2​≤t1−1/2j(x2j−1​+x2j​)  (1≤j<r),x≥0.

With slacks w1,…,w3r−1w_1,\dots,w_{3r-1}w1​,…,w3r−1​ it becomes LWr=(t)=LP(A,b,c)\mathbf{LW}^=_r(t)=\mathrm{LP}(A,b,c)LWr=​(t)=LP(A,b,c) with n=2rn=2rn=2r, m=3r−1m=3r-1m=3r−1, N=5r−1N=5r-1N=5r−1.

For points U,V,WU,V,WU,V,W of Euclidean space with U≠V≠WU\ne V\ne WU=V=W, the turning angle ∠UVW∈[0,π]\angle UVW\in[0,\pi]∠UVW∈[0,π] is the angle between the vectors V−UV-UV−U and W−VW-VW−V. For a curve σ\sigmaσ parameterized over I⊆RI\subseteq\mathbb RI⊆R, the total curvature is

κ(σ,I)=sup⁡{∑k=1p−1∠ σ(μk−1)σ(μk)σ(μk+1) : μ0<⋯<μp in I}∈[0,+∞].\kappa(\sigma,I)=\sup\Big\{\sum_{k=1}^{p-1}\angle\,\sigma(\mu_{k-1})\sigma(\mu_k)\sigma(\mu_{k+1})\ :\ \mu_0<\dots<\mu_p\ \text{in } I\Big\}\in[0,+\infty].κ(σ,I)=sup{k=1∑p−1​∠σ(μk−1​)σ(μk​)σ(μk+1​) : μ0​<⋯<μp​ in I}∈[0,+∞].

The milestones also use the field K\mathbb KK of absolutely convergent generalized real Puiseux series ∑α∈Raαtα\sum_{\alpha\in\mathbb R}a_\alpha t^\alpha∑α∈R​aα​tα. Such a series can be evaluated at large real ttt, and it has a valuation val∈T=R∪{−∞}\mathrm{val}\in\mathbb T=\mathbb R\cup\{-\infty\}val∈T=R∪{−∞}, its leading exponent. Read over K\mathbb KK, LWr\mathbf{LW}_rLWr​ is one linear program. The valuation of its central path at μ=tλ\mu=t^\lambdaμ=tλ is the tropical central path Ctrop(λ)∈R2N\mathcal C^{\mathrm{trop}}(\lambda)\in\mathbb R^{2N}Ctrop(λ)∈R2N, a piecewise-linear curve with an explicit recursive description (Propositions 20–21 of the paper).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 25

For every r≥1r\ge1r≥1 and ϵ>0\epsilon>0ϵ>0 there is t0t_0t0​ such that for all t>t0t>t_0t>t0​,

κ(μ↦(xμ,wμ),(0,∞))>(2r−2−1)π2−ϵandκ(μ↦(xμ,wμ,sμ,yμ),(0,∞))>(2r−2−1)π2−ϵ\kappa\big(\mu\mapsto(x^\mu,w^\mu),(0,\infty)\big)>\big(2^{r-2}-1\big)\tfrac\pi2-\epsilon\quad\text{and}\quad\kappa\big(\mu\mapsto(x^\mu,w^\mu,s^\mu,y^\mu),(0,\infty)\big)>\big(2^{r-2}-1\big)\tfrac\pi2-\epsilonκ(μ↦(xμ,wμ),(0,∞))>(2r−2−1)2π​−ϵandκ(μ↦(xμ,wμ,sμ,yμ),(0,∞))>(2r−2−1)2π​−ϵ

for the central path of LWr=(t)\mathbf{LW}^=_r(t)LWr=​(t). Here t0t_0t0​ may depend on rrr and ϵ\epsilonϵ. Both the primal and the primal-dual curves are part of the goal, as in the paper.

Milestones, in the order of the paper's argument

  1. Lemma 22: for non-null x,y∈Kd\mathbf x,\mathbf y\in\mathbb K^dx,y∈Kd, the angle ∠x(t)y(t)\angle\mathbf x(t)\mathbf y(t)∠x(t)y(t) has a limit, which is π/2\pi/2π/2 when the arg maxes of val x\mathrm{val}\,\mathbf xvalx and val y\mathrm{val}\,\mathbf yvaly are disjoint.
  2. Lemma 23: the turning angle ∠U(t)V(t)W(t)→π/2\angle\mathbf U(t)\mathbf V(t)\mathbf W(t)\to\pi/2∠U(t)V(t)W(t)→π/2 when max⁡val U<max⁡val V<max⁡val W\max\mathrm{val}\,\mathbf U<\max\mathrm{val}\,\mathbf V<\max\mathrm{val}\,\mathbf WmaxvalU<maxvalV<maxvalW and the arg maxes of val V\mathrm{val}\,\mathbf VvalV and val W\mathrm{val}\,\mathbf WvalW are disjoint.
  3. Proposition 24: lim inf⁡tκ(Ct,[tλ0,tλp])≥∑k=1p−1∠∗Ctrop(λk−1)Ctrop(λk)Ctrop(λk+1)\liminf_{t}\kappa(\mathcal C_t,[t^{\lambda_0},t^{\lambda_p}])\ge\sum_{k=1}^{p-1}\angle^*\mathcal C^{\mathrm{trop}}(\lambda_{k-1})\mathcal C^{\mathrm{trop}}(\lambda_k)\mathcal C^{\mathrm{trop}}(\lambda_{k+1})liminft​κ(Ct​,[tλ0​,tλp​])≥∑k=1p−1​∠∗Ctrop(λk−1​)Ctrop(λk​)Ctrop(λk+1​), where ∠∗\angle^*∠∗ is the weak tropical angle (π/2\pi/2π/2 under the conditions of Lemma 23, else 000).
  4. Table 1: the coordinates of the tropical central path of LWr\mathbf{LW}_rLWr​ at λ=(4k+2c)/2j\lambda=(4k+2c)/2^jλ=(4k+2c)/2j.
  5. Claims in the proof of Theorem 25 (p. 23): on [0,2][0,2][0,2] the dual coordinates of Ctrop\mathcal C^{\mathrm{trop}}Ctrop are at most max⁡(0,λ−1)\max(0,\lambda-1)max(0,λ−1). At λk=4k/2r−1\lambda_k=4k/2^{r-1}λk​=4k/2r−1 the largest coordinate is r−1+(2k+2)/2r−1r-1+(2k+2)/2^{r-1}r−1+(2k+2)/2r−1, attained only by w3(r−1)w_{3(r-1)}w3(r−1)​ or w3(r−1)+1w_{3(r-1)+1}w3(r−1)+1​. Hence ∠∗=π/2\angle^*=\pi/2∠∗=π/2 at each interior subdivision point.

Significance

The theorem shows that the total curvature of the central path is not bounded by any polynomial in the number of constraints: LWr\mathbf{LW}_rLWr​ has 3r+13r+13r+1 constraints and curvature at least about 2r−2π/22^{r-2}\pi/22r−2π/2. This settles the conjecture of Deza, Terlaky and Zinchenko in the negative. It also shows that the averaged upper bounds of Dedieu–Malajovich–Shub and De Loera–Sturmfels–Vinzant cannot hold for every region. A companion mission of this series formalizes the paper's second main result, an exponential lower bound on the number of iterations of log-barrier path-following methods on the same family.

The result is proved on paper. As far as is known, it has not been formalized in any proof assistant, and Mathlib has no notion of the total curvature of a curve, of Puiseux-series evaluation and valuation, or of the tropical central path. Formalizing the theorem would give a machine-checked reference point for a much-cited negative result in interior point theory. The Lean definitions of total curvature and of the turning angle are general and reusable.

Difficulty

The total curvature is a supremum over inscribed polygons, and a lower bound needs explicit polygons whose angles can be estimated for every large ttt. The central path of LWr=(t)\mathbf{LW}^=_r(t)LWr=​(t) has no closed form, so its points cannot be written down at given parameters μ\muμ. Numerical evidence at a fixed ttt says nothing uniform in rrr. The natural first idea, to compute the path's angles directly from system (1) for a fixed instance, gives no handle on how the number of turns grows with rrr. What is needed is control of the path's geometry uniformly over the whole scale of ttt, with 2r−22^{r-2}2r−2 turns located at once, and the threshold t0t_0t0​ is not explicit.

Formalization scope

Vectors in which angles are measured are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d). The turning angle is InnerProductGeometry.angle (V - U) (W - V), not Mathlib's vertex angle ∠ U V W, which is π\piπ minus it. A degenerate triple (U=VU=VU=V or V=WV=WV=W) contributes angle 000. Total curvature is an EReal-valued supremum over strictly increasing parameter sequences in the parameter set, and the goal uses the set (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞). The primal and primal-dual curves are the vectors (x,w)∈R5r−1(x,w)\in\mathbb R^{5r-1}(x,w)∈R5r−1 and (x,w,s,y)∈R2(5r−1)(x,w,s,y)\in\mathbb R^{2(5r-1)}(x,w,s,y)∈R2(5r−1). System (1) is the published Vanderbei central-path system with objective −c-c−c. The goal quantifies over every curve solving (1) for all μ>0\mu>0μ>0. Existence and uniqueness of that curve is the referenced platform statement VanderbeiLP.CentralPath.central_path_exists_unique and is not posed again. Indices are the paper's, 1-based, mapped to Fin by subtracting one. Powers 2r−22^{r-2}2r−2 use integer exponents of the real number 222.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out explicitly: the curvature is a supremum in EReal (a real sSup of an unbounded set would be 000), the turning angle is not the vertex angle, and degenerate polygons cannot add spurious right angles.

Lemmas 22–24 are stated over a model of K\mathbb KK by coefficient functions with the paper's support and absolute-convergence conditions. Equalities, products and order in K\mathbb KK are expressed through evaluation at all sufficiently large ttt, which is how the paper characterizes them. Table 1 and the claims of the proof are stated for the explicit tropical central path of LWr\mathbf{LW}_rLWr​ given by Propositions 20–21 (milestones of the companion mission), written as a definition here. One repair: the paper's "uniquely attained" claim fails at r=2r=2r=2, k=0k=0k=0, where w1=w4=2w_1=w_4=2w1​=w4​=2. It is stated with that case excluded, which the proof does not use.

Welcome contributions: a general theory of total curvature of curves (monotonicity under refinement, behaviour under limits), asymptotics of evaluated Puiseux series, and the comparison between the central path over K\mathbb KK and its real specializations.

Selected references

  • X. Allamigeon, P. Benchimol, S. Gaubert, M. Joswig, Log-Barrier Interior Point Methods Are Not Strongly Polynomial, SIAM J. Appl. Algebra Geom. 2(1), 2018; preprint v2 (cited throughout) arXiv:1708.01544, doi:10.1137/17M1142132.
  • X. Allamigeon, P. Benchimol, S. Gaubert, M. Joswig, Long and winding central paths, preprint, 2014. arXiv:1405.4161
  • J. A. De Loera, B. Sturmfels, C. Vinzant, The central curve in linear programming, Found. Comput. Math. 12(4), 2012. arXiv:1012.3978
  • J.-P. Dedieu, G. Malajovich, M. Shub, On the curvature of the central path of linear programming theory, Found. Comput. Math. 5(2), 2005.
  • J.-P. Dedieu, M. Shub, Newton flow and interior point methods in linear programming, Int. J. Bifurcation and Chaos 15(3), 2005.
  • A. Deza, T. Terlaky, Y. Zinchenko, Central path curvature and iteration-complexity for redundant Klee–Minty cubes, in Advances in Applied Mathematics and Global Optimization, Springer, 2009.
  • L. van den Dries, P. Speissegger, The real field with convergent generalized power series, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 350(11), 1998.
18 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
AnalysisOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Projection-like Retractions on Matrix Manifolds II: The Metric Projection onto a C^k Submanifold Is Locally Unique and C^(k−1), so Projecting a Tangent Step Is a RetractionResearch Paper

Motivation

Many optimization problems in statistics, signal processing and control are posed over sets of matrices with a constraint that makes them curved: matrices of fixed rank, matrices with orthonormal columns, symmetric matrices with a prescribed spectrum. Algorithms on such sets ("optimization on manifolds") compute a step in the tangent space at the current point, as in a vector space, and then need a rule that brings the point x+ux+ux+u back to the set. A retraction is such a rule; the notion was introduced by Adler, Dedieu, Margulies, Martens and Shub for Newton's method on Riemannian manifolds (IMA J. Numer. Anal. 2002) and is the basic building block of the algorithms in Absil, Mahony and Sepulchre's monograph (Princeton, 2008). Any retraction preserves the local convergence of Newton's method, so the choice among retractions is about cost and convenience.

The most natural candidate is to project x+ux+ux+u back onto the manifold: take the nearest point. Absil and Malick (SIAM J. Optim. 2012; preprint HAL hal-00651608) show in §3.1 that this projective retraction is always a valid retraction of maximal smoothness, and then compute it for fixed-rank, spectral and Stiefel manifolds. The underlying fact, that the nearest-point map onto a CkC^kCk submanifold is locally single-valued and Ck−1C^{k-1}Ck−1, is classical (the paper cites Lewis and Malick, Math. Oper. Res. 2008); the paper gives a short proof through the inverse function theorem on the normal bundle. This mission formalizes §3.1: that lemma and the resulting retraction.

Setting

Let E\mathcal EE be a Euclidean space, a finite-dimensional real inner product space, of dimension nnn (in the paper's examples, Rn×m\mathbb R^{n\times m}Rn×m with the Frobenius inner product). A set M⊆E\mathcal M\subseteq\mathcal EM⊆E is a submanifold of class CkC^kCk and dimension ddd around xˉ\bar xxˉ if xˉ∈M\bar x\in\mathcal Mxˉ∈M and there are an open neighbourhood UEU_{\mathcal E}UE​ of xˉ\bar xxˉ and a CkC^kCk diffeomorphism φ\varphiφ from UEU_{\mathcal E}UE​ onto an open subset of Rn\mathbb R^nRn with

M∩UE={x∈UE: φd+1(x)=⋯=φn(x)=0}.\mathcal M\cap U_{\mathcal E}=\{x\in U_{\mathcal E}:\ \varphi_{d+1}(x)=\cdots=\varphi_n(x)=0\}.M∩UE​={x∈UE​: φd+1​(x)=⋯=φn​(x)=0}.

The tangent space TM(x)T_{\mathcal M}(x)TM​(x) is the linear subspace of E\mathcal EE spanned by the tangent cone of M\mathcal MM at xxx, and the normal space is NM(x)=TM(x)⊥N_{\mathcal M}(x)=T_{\mathcal M}(x)^\perpNM​(x)=TM​(x)⊥. The tangent bundle and normal bundle are TM={(x,u):x∈M, u∈TM(x)}T\mathcal M=\{(x,u):x\in\mathcal M,\ u\in T_{\mathcal M}(x)\}TM={(x,u):x∈M, u∈TM​(x)} and NM={(x,v):x∈M, v∈NM(x)}N\mathcal M=\{(x,v):x\in\mathcal M,\ v\in N_{\mathcal M}(x)\}NM={(x,v):x∈M, v∈NM​(x)}, subsets of E×E\mathcal E\times\mathcal EE×E. PTM(x)P_{T_{\mathcal M}(x)}PTM​(x)​ denotes the orthogonal projector onto TM(x)T_{\mathcal M}(x)TM​(x).

The projection of x∈Ex\in\mathcal Ex∈E onto M\mathcal MM is the set of nearest points,

PM(x)=argmin⁡{∥x−y∥: y∈M},P_{\mathcal M}(x)=\operatorname{argmin}\{\|x-y\|:\ y\in\mathcal M\},PM​(x)=argmin{∥x−y∥: y∈M},

which may be empty (if M\mathcal MM is not closed) or contain several points (if M\mathcal MM is not convex).

A map RRR from TMT\mathcal MTM to M\mathcal MM is a retraction around xˉ\bar xxˉ (Definition 2.1) if on some neighbourhood U\mathcal UU of (xˉ,0)(\bar x,0)(xˉ,0) in TMT\mathcal MTM it is of class Ck−1C^{k-1}Ck−1, satisfies R(x,0)=xR(x,0)=xR(x,0)=x, and DR(x,⋅)(0)=idTM(x)\mathrm DR(x,\cdot)(0)=\mathrm{id}_{T_{\mathcal M}(x)}DR(x,⋅)(0)=idTM​(x)​ for (x,0)∈U(x,0)\in\mathcal U(x,0)∈U.

The formal retraction predicate includes k≥2k\ge2k≥2 and a local submanifold chart at xˉ\bar xxˉ; this ensures that its base point lies on M\mathcal MM.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 3.2 (projective retraction)

For M\mathcal MM a CkC^kCk submanifold (k≥2k\ge2k≥2) around xˉ\bar xxˉ, the map

R(x,u)=PM(x+u),(x,u)∈TM,R(x,u)=P_{\mathcal M}(x+u),\qquad (x,u)\in T\mathcal M,R(x,u)=PM​(x+u),(x,u)∈TM,

is single-valued near (xˉ,0)(\bar x,0)(xˉ,0) in TMT\mathcal MTM, and this single value is a retraction around xˉ\bar xxˉ.

Milestones

  1. (3.2) If p∈PM(x)p\in P_{\mathcal M}(x)p∈PM​(x) and M\mathcal MM is a CkC^kCk submanifold around ppp, then p∈Mp\in\mathcal Mp∈M and x−p∈NM(p)x-p\in N_{\mathcal M}(p)x−p∈NM​(p).
  2. (3.3) TNM(xˉ,0)=TM(xˉ)×NM(xˉ)T_{N\mathcal M}(\bar x,0)=T_{\mathcal M}(\bar x)\times N_{\mathcal M}(\bar x)TNM​(xˉ,0)=TM​(xˉ)×NM​(xˉ).
  3. Lemma 3.1 There is δ>0\delta>0δ>0 such that on B(xˉ,δ)B(\bar x,\delta)B(xˉ,δ) the projection PMP_{\mathcal M}PM​ is a single point P(x)P(x)P(x), the map PPP is Ck−1C^{k-1}Ck−1, and
DPM(xˉ)=PTM(xˉ).\mathrm DP_{\mathcal M}(\bar x)=P_{T_{\mathcal M}(\bar x)}.DPM​(xˉ)=PTM​(xˉ)​.

Significance

The projective retraction is the reference retraction on an embedded submanifold: it exists for every CkC^kCk submanifold, it has the maximal smoothness Ck−1C^{k-1}Ck−1 allowed by the tangent bundle, and it is the one practitioners compute first (truncated SVD for fixed-rank matrices, polar factor for the Stiefel manifold). Section 4 of the paper shows that it is moreover second order and generalizes it to projections along arbitrary smooth fields of transverse subspaces; Lemma 3.1 is the model of that argument. Lemma 3.1 on its own is a basic tool well beyond retractions: local single-valuedness and smoothness of the nearest-point map underlies the local convergence analysis of alternating projections on manifolds and the theory of prox-regular sets.

All statements here are proved results. No machine-checked proof of them is known to exist: Mathlib has the inverse function theorem, tangent cones and orthogonal projections onto subspaces, but no embedded submanifolds of a Euclidean space with their normal bundle and no nearest-point map onto non-convex sets. The mission produces these statements in Lean and invites proofs of them.

Difficulty

The obvious argument writes the nearest point as a critical point of y↦∥x−y∥2y\mapsto\|x-y\|^2y↦∥x−y∥2 on M\mathcal MM and applies the implicit function theorem. Two things break. First, existence: M\mathcal MM is not assumed closed, so a nearest point exists only because M\mathcal MM is locally closed near xˉ\bar xxˉ and points of M\mathcal MM far from xˉ\bar xxˉ are farther from xxx than xˉ\bar xxˉ is. Second, uniqueness: critical points are not unique in general, and the implicit function theorem only describes critical points near a given one. Uniqueness needs a quantitative argument that every nearest point of xxx lies in the region where (p,v)↦p+v(p,v)\mapsto p+v(p,v)↦p+v on the normal bundle is injective. Finally, the normal bundle is itself only a Ck−1C^{k-1}Ck−1 manifold, whose tangent space at (xˉ,0)(\bar x,0)(xˉ,0) must be identified before the inverse function theorem applies; this is milestone (3.3).

Formalization scope

The ambient space is any type E with [NormedAddCommGroup E] [InnerProductSpace ℝ E] [FiniteDimensional ℝ E]; nnn is Module.finrank ℝ E, and k,dk,dk,d are natural numbers with k≥2k\ge2k≥2 stated as a hypothesis (so that k−1k-1k−1 in ℕ is honest). The paper's standing assumption "M\mathcal MM is a submanifold of class CkC^kCk (k≥2k\ge2k≥2) and dimension ddd" enters only as the local hypothesis IsSubmanifoldAt k d M xbar, exactly as Lemma 3.1 and Proposition 3.2 state it ("around xˉ\bar xxˉ"). The chart is an OpenPartialHomeomorph onto EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), CkC^kCk in both directions, with 0-based coordinates. No closedness of M\mathcal MM is assumed, because the paper does not assume it.

The projection is the platform predicate IsMetricProjection M x z (z∈Mz\in\mathcal Mz∈M and ∥x−z∥≤∥x−w∥\|x-z\|\le\|x-w\|∥x−z∥≤∥x−w∥ for all w∈Mw\in\mathcal Mw∈M); single-valuedness is stated as equality of the set of such zzz with a singleton, which asserts existence and uniqueness. A formalization that only states "some selection is Ck−1C^{k-1}Ck−1", or uses ⊆\subseteq⊆ (satisfied by the empty set), would drop the main claim and is ruled out. The tangent space is the span of Mathlib's tangentConeAt; "class Ck−1C^{k-1}Ck−1 on a neighbourhood in TMT\mathcal MTM" is ContDiffOn on O∩TMO\cap T\mathcal MO∩TM with OOO open; DR(x,⋅)(0)=id\mathrm DR(x,\cdot)(0)=\mathrm{id}DR(x,⋅)(0)=id is a HasFDerivAt statement on the normed space TM(x)T_{\mathcal M}(x)TM​(x); PTM(xˉ)P_{T_{\mathcal M}(\bar x)}PTM​(xˉ)​ is Submodule.starProjection.

A complete development needs: the tangent space of a slice submanifold equals the image of the chart's derivative, the normal bundle as a Ck−1C^{k-1}Ck−1 manifold, an inverse function theorem on it, and compactness of M∩Bˉ(xˉ,r)\mathcal M\cap\bar B(\bar x,r)M∩Bˉ(xˉ,r) for small rrr. These are reusable for the other missions of this series (fixed-rank, spectral and Stiefel manifolds, and the retractor construction of Section 4), and contributions of such general lemmas as intermediate theorems are welcome.

Selected references

  • P.-A. Absil and J. Malick, Projection-like retractions on matrix manifolds, SIAM J. Optim. 22(1):135–158, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1137/100802529 (preprint: https://hal.science/hal-00651608, version 2, the basis of the statement indices here)
  • R. L. Adler, J.-P. Dedieu, J. Y. Margulies, M. Martens and M. Shub, Newton's method on Riemannian manifolds and a geometric model for the human spine, IMA J. Numer. Anal. 22:359–390, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1093/imanum/22.3.359
  • P.-A. Absil, R. Mahony and R. Sepulchre, Optimization Algorithms on Matrix Manifolds, Princeton University Press, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400830244
  • A. S. Lewis and J. Malick, Alternating projections on manifolds, Math. Oper. Res. 33(1):216–234, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1070.0291
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
AnalysisOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Projection-like Retractions on Matrix Manifolds I: Coming Back to a Submanifold Along a Smooth Field of Transverse Subspaces Defines a RetractionResearch Paper

Motivation

Iterative methods for optimization and equation solving on a smooth constraint set M\mathcal MM (orthogonal matrices, fixed-rank matrices, spheres, Stiefel and Grassmann manifolds) compute an update vector uuu in the tangent space at the current iterate xxx and then have to return to M\mathcal MM. The Riemannian exponential map does this along geodesics, but computing it means solving an ordinary differential equation. The notion of retraction, introduced by Adler, Dedieu, Margulies, Martens and Shub (IMA J. Numer. Anal., 2002) and developed in the book of Absil, Mahony and Sepulchre (Princeton, 2008), captures what such a return map needs for Newton's method to keep its local quadratic convergence and for gradient methods to converge: smoothness, R(x,0)=xR(x,0)=xR(x,0)=x, and first-order agreement with the exponential.

Absil and Malick (SIAM J. Optim., 2012; HAL hal-00651608v2) give a general recipe for building retractions on submanifolds of a Euclidean space: move tangentially from xxx to x+ux+ux+u, then come back to M\mathcal MM along a prescribed family of admissible directions. This mission formalizes that recipe, Theorem 4.2 of the paper ("retractors give retractions"), together with the two lemmas its proof rests on.

Setting

Let E\mathcal EE be a Euclidean space of dimension nnn (in the paper's examples, Rn×m\mathbb R^{n\times m}Rn×m with the Frobenius inner product). A set M⊆E\mathcal M\subseteq\mathcal EM⊆E is a CkC^kCk submanifold of dimension ddd if around every xˉ∈M\bar x\in\mathcal Mxˉ∈M it is a coordinate slice: there are an open neighbourhood U\mathcal UU of xˉ\bar xxˉ and a CkC^kCk diffeomorphism ϕ\phiϕ of U\mathcal UU onto an open subset of Rn\mathbb R^nRn with M∩U={x∈U:ϕd+1(x)=⋯=ϕn(x)=0}\mathcal M\cap\mathcal U=\{x\in\mathcal U:\phi_{d+1}(x)=\dots=\phi_n(x)=0\}M∩U={x∈U:ϕd+1​(x)=⋯=ϕn​(x)=0}. Throughout, k≥2k\ge2k≥2.

The tangent space TM(x)\mathrm T_{\mathcal M}(x)TM​(x) is the linear subspace of E\mathcal EE of tangent directions of M\mathcal MM at xxx, the normal space NM(x)\mathrm N_{\mathcal M}(x)NM​(x) is its orthogonal complement, and the tangent bundle is TM={(x,u):x∈M, u∈TM(x)}\mathrm T\mathcal M=\{(x,u):x\in\mathcal M,\ u\in\mathrm T_{\mathcal M}(x)\}TM={(x,u):x∈M, u∈TM​(x)}.

A map RRR from TM\mathrm T\mathcal MTM to M\mathcal MM is a retraction around xˉ\bar xxˉ (Definition 2.1) if, on a neighbourhood U\mathcal UU of (xˉ,0)(\bar x,0)(xˉ,0) in TM\mathrm T\mathcal MTM, it is of class Ck−1C^{k-1}Ck−1, satisfies R(x,0)=xR(x,0)=xR(x,0)=x, and u↦R(x,u)u\mapsto R(x,u)u↦R(x,u) has derivative idTM(x)\mathrm{id}_{\mathrm T_{\mathcal M}(x)}idTM​(x)​ at u=0u=0u=0. It is a retraction on M\mathcal MM if this holds around every point.

A retractor (Definition 4.1) is a Ck−1C^{k-1}Ck−1 map DDD, defined on a neighbourhood of the zero section of TM\mathrm T\mathcal MTM, with values in the Grassmann manifold Gr(n−d,E)\mathrm{Gr}(n-d,\mathcal E)Gr(n−d,E) of (n−d)(n-d)(n−d)-dimensional linear subspaces, such that D(x,0)∩TM(x)={0}D(x,0)\cap\mathrm T_{\mathcal M}(x)=\{0\}D(x,0)∩TM​(x)={0} for every x∈Mx\in\mathcal Mx∈M. Given DDD, set D(x,u)=x+u+D(x,u)\mathcal D(x,u)=x+u+D(x,u)D(x,u)=x+u+D(x,u) and let

R(x,u)={points of M∩D(x,u) nearest to x+u}.R(x,u)=\{\text{points of }\mathcal M\cap\mathcal D(x,u)\text{ nearest to }x+u\}.R(x,u)={points of M∩D(x,u) nearest to x+u}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.2 (retractors give retractions)

∀xˉ∈M  ∃r:R(x,u)={r(x,u)}  for (x,u)∈TM near (xˉ,0),and r is a retraction around xˉ.\forall\bar x\in\mathcal M\ \ \exists r:\quad R(x,u)=\{r(x,u)\}\ \text{ for }(x,u)\in\mathrm T\mathcal M\text{ near }(\bar x,0),\quad\text{and } r \text{ is a retraction around } \bar x.∀xˉ∈M  ∃r:R(x,u)={r(x,u)}  for (x,u)∈TM near (xˉ,0),and r is a retraction around xˉ.

The theorem asserts both that the point-to-set map RRR is single-valued near the zero section and that it is a retraction there.

Milestone: Lemma 4.7 (the normal case D(x,u)=NM(x)D(x,u)=\mathrm N_{\mathcal M}(x)D(x,u)=NM​(x))

Near (xˉ,0)(\bar x,0)(xˉ,0) there is one and only one smallest v(x,u)∈NM(x)v(x,u)\in\mathrm N_{\mathcal M}(x)v(x,u)∈NM​(x) with x+u+v(x,u)∈Mx+u+v(x,u)\in\mathcal Mx+u+v(x,u)∈M; Duv(x,0)=0\mathrm D_u v(x,0)=0Du​v(x,0)=0; and R(x,u)=x+u+v(x,u)R(x,u)=x+u+v(x,u)R(x,u)=x+u+v(x,u) is a retraction around xˉ\bar xxˉ, hence on M\mathcal MM.

Milestone: Lemma 4.8 (straightening up)

On a neighbourhood of the zero section, D(x,u)={v+A(x,u)v: v∈NM(x)}D(x,u)=\{v+A(x,u)v:\ v\in\mathrm N_{\mathcal M}(x)\}D(x,u)={v+A(x,u)v: v∈NM​(x)} for a unique linear A(x,u):NM(x)→TM(x)A(x,u):\mathrm N_{\mathcal M}(x)\to\mathrm T_{\mathcal M}(x)A(x,u):NM​(x)→TM​(x) depending Ck−1C^{k-1}Ck−1 on (x,u)(x,u)(x,u).

Further: Theorem 4.9 (second order)

If k≥3k\ge3k≥3 and D(x,0)=NM(x)D(x,0)=\mathrm N_{\mathcal M}(x)D(x,0)=NM​(x) for all x∈Mx\in\mathcal Mx∈M, then d2dt2R(x,tu)∣t=0∈NM(x)\frac{\mathrm d^2}{\mathrm dt^2}R(x,tu)|_{t=0}\in\mathrm N_{\mathcal M}(x)dt2d2​R(x,tu)∣t=0​∈NM​(x) for all (x,u)∈TM(x,u)\in\mathrm T\mathcal M(x,u)∈TM.

Significance

Theorem 4.2 reduces the construction of a retraction to the choice of a smooth field of subspaces transverse to the tangent space at u=0u=0u=0. The orthographic retraction (D=NM(x)D=\mathrm N_{\mathcal M}(x)D=NM​(x)) and the projective retraction R(x,u)=PM(x+u)R(x,u)=P_{\mathcal M}(x+u)R(x,u)=PM​(x+u) (D=NM(PM(x+u))D=\mathrm N_{\mathcal M}(P_{\mathcal M}(x+u))D=NM​(PM​(x+u))) are both instances, as are the gnomonic, orthographic and stereographic projections on the sphere. Theorem 4.9 then certifies, by a check at u=0u=0u=0 only, that a retraction agrees with the exponential to second order, which matters for the superlinear convergence of Riemannian trust-region and Newton methods. Lemma 4.7 goes beyond an earlier result on tangential parameterizations (reference [28, Th. 3.4] of the paper) by giving Ck−1C^{k-1}Ck−1 regularity jointly in (x,u)(x,u)(x,u), not only in uuu (Remark 4.4 of the paper).

The results are proved in the paper. None of them is machine-checked: Mathlib has the implicit function theorem and smooth manifolds, but no embedded submanifolds of a Euclidean space with their tangent and normal bundles, no retractions, and no smooth Grassmannian-valued maps. The work here is to formalize the known proof and to build this layer, which every later mission of this series (projective, spectral, fixed-rank and Stiefel retractions) also needs.

Difficulty

The statement is an implicit-function argument, but the obvious one does not apply directly. The unknown vvv lives in the normal space NM(x)\mathrm N_{\mathcal M}(x)NM​(x), which moves with xxx, and (x,u)(x,u)(x,u) ranges over the tangent bundle, a Ck−1C^{k-1}Ck−1 submanifold of E×E\mathcal E\times\mathcal EE×E rather than an open set of a vector space. The equation has to be read in charts of the bundle, which costs one derivative; the uniqueness given by the implicit function theorem holds only locally in (x,u,v)(x,u,v)(x,u,v), and turning it into "the smallest vvv", or "the nearest point of M∩D(x,u)\mathcal M\cap\mathcal D(x,u)M∩D(x,u)", requires excluding far-away intersection points. For a general retractor, the subspace D(x,u)D(x,u)D(x,u) also moves, and has to be written as a graph over the normal space with a Ck−1C^{k-1}Ck−1 dependence before a second implicit-function argument applies.

Formalization scope

E\mathcal EE is a finite-dimensional real inner product space E, nnn is Module.finrank ℝ E, and k,dk,dk,d are natural numbers with 2≤k2\le k2≤k and d≤nd\le nd≤n (the latter inside the submanifold definition). The coordinate slice uses an open partial homeomorphism E → EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), CkC^kCk in both directions, with 0-based coordinates. TM(x)\mathrm T_{\mathcal M}(x)TM​(x) is the span of Mathlib's tangent cone (chart-free), NM(x)\mathrm N_{\mathcal M}(x)NM​(x) its orthogonal complement. Retractions and retractors are total maps on E×E\mathcal E\times\mathcal EE×E constrained only on O∩TMO\cap\mathrm T\mathcal MO∩TM with OOO open; "of class Ck−1C^{k-1}Ck−1 on a subset of TM\mathrm T\mathcal MTM" is ContDiffOn on that set. A Grassmannian-valued map is Ck−1C^{k-1}Ck−1 when its orthogonal projector PD(x,u)P_{D(x,u)}PD(x,u)​ is, and the dimension n−dn-dn−d of D(x,u)D(x,u)D(x,u) is part of the definition. The set-valued RRR uses the published nearest-point predicate RandomGradFree.Nonsmooth.IsMetricProjection. In Lemma 4.8, A(x,u)A(x,u)A(x,u) is extended by 000 on TM(x)\mathrm T_{\mathcal M}(x)TM​(x) so that it is an operator on E\mathcal EE. Theorem 4.9 assumes k≥3k\ge3k≥3, the standing assumption of the definition of second-order retractions (display (2.3)), and reads the page's "D(xˉ,0)=NM(x)D(\bar x,0)=\mathrm N_{\mathcal M}(x)D(xˉ,0)=NM​(x)" as D(x,0)=NM(x)D(x,0)=\mathrm N_{\mathcal M}(x)D(x,0)=NM​(x) for all x∈Mx\in\mathcal Mx∈M.

The goal is not satisfied by exhibiting some retraction: it requires the nearest-point set R(x,u)R(x,u)R(x,u) to equal a singleton {r(x,u)}\{r(x,u)\}{r(x,u)} (so it is nonempty) and that very rrr to be a retraction. Theorem 4.9 requires the curve t↦R(x,tu)t\mapsto R(x,tu)t↦R(x,tu) to be twice differentiable, so a junk second derivative of 000 does not satisfy it.

A complete development needs: finite-rank facts for tangent spaces of slices (dim⁡TM(x)=d\dim\mathrm T_{\mathcal M}(x)=ddimTM​(x)=d), smoothness of x↦PNM(x)x\mapsto P_{\mathrm N_{\mathcal M}(x)}x↦PNM​(x)​, charts of TM\mathrm T\mathcal MTM and of the Whitney sum TM⊕NM\mathrm T\mathcal M\oplus\mathrm N\mathcal MTM⊕NM, ContDiffOn on submanifolds, and local orthonormal frames of a smooth field of subspaces. All of these are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions to any of them, and proofs of the two lemmas, are welcome.

Selected references

  • P.-A. Absil, J. Malick, Projection-like retractions on matrix manifolds, SIAM J. Optim. 22(1):135–158, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1137/100802529 (authors' version: https://hal.science/hal-00651608)
  • P.-A. Absil, R. Mahony, R. Sepulchre, Optimization Algorithms on Matrix Manifolds, Princeton University Press, 2008. https://press.princeton.edu/absil
  • R. L. Adler, J.-P. Dedieu, J. Y. Margulies, M. Martens, M. Shub, Newton's method on Riemannian manifolds and a geometric model for the human spine, IMA J. Numer. Anal. 22(3):359–390, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1093/imanum/22.3.359
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Linear algebraOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Projection-like Retractions on Matrix Manifolds III: Near a Locally Symmetric Point, the Projection onto a Spectral Manifold Is U Diag(P_M(λ(X))) UᵀResearch Paper

Motivation

Riemannian optimization algorithms move along a manifold by taking a step in a tangent direction and then coming back to the manifold. The map that does the coming back is a retraction, and the most natural candidate on a submanifold of a Euclidean space is the projective retraction: add the tangent step, then take the nearest point of the manifold. Its practical value depends on whether that nearest point can be computed.

For many manifolds of symmetric matrices the defining property is a property of the eigenvalues: matrices whose largest eigenvalue has multiplicity ppp, matrices with prescribed spectrum, and similar sets that arise in eigenvalue optimization and in alternating projection methods (Lewis and Malick 2008). Daniilidis, Malick and Sendov (reference [8] of the paper) showed that such a spectral set is a smooth manifold when the underlying set of eigenvalue vectors is a smooth, locally symmetric manifold. P.-A. Absil and J. Malick (SIAM J. Optim. 2012; authors' version hal-00651608v2) then showed that, close to such a manifold, the metric projection onto it has a closed form: one eigendecomposition and one projection in Rn\mathbb R^nRn. This mission formalizes that result, Theorem 3.9 of the paper.

Setting

Write Sn\mathbf S_nSn​ for the real symmetric n×nn \times nn×n matrices with the Frobenius norm ∥X∥2=∑i,jXij2\|X\|^2 = \sum_{i,j} X_{ij}^2∥X∥2=∑i,j​Xij2​, On\mathbf O_nOn​ for the orthogonal matrices, and Σn\mathbf \Sigma_nΣn​ for the permutation matrices, which act on Rn\mathbb R^nRn (with the Euclidean norm) by permuting coordinates. Let

R↓n={x∈Rn:x1≥x2≥⋯≥xn}.\mathbb R^n_\downarrow = \{x \in \mathbb R^n : x_1 \ge x_2 \ge \cdots \ge x_n\}.R↓n​={x∈Rn:x1​≥x2​≥⋯≥xn​}.

For X∈SnX \in \mathbf S_nX∈Sn​, λ(X)∈R↓n\lambda(X) \in \mathbb R^n_\downarrowλ(X)∈R↓n​ is the vector of its eigenvalues, with multiplicity, in nonincreasing order; every XXX has an eigendecomposition X=UDiag⁡(λ(X))U⊤X = U \operatorname{Diag}(\lambda(X)) U^\topX=UDiag(λ(X))U⊤ with U∈OnU \in \mathbf O_nU∈On​. For M⊆RnM \subseteq \mathbb R^nM⊆Rn the spectral set of MMM is

λ−1(M)={X∈Sn:λ(X)∈M}.\lambda^{-1}(M) = \{X \in \mathbf S_n : \lambda(X) \in M\}.λ−1(M)={X∈Sn​:λ(X)∈M}.

For a set QQQ and a point yyy, PQ(y)P_Q(y)PQ​(y) is the set of nearest points of QQQ to yyy (it may be empty or contain several points).

Let M\mathcal MM be a C2C^2C2 submanifold of Rn\mathbb R^nRn: around each of its points it is a coordinate slice of a C2C^2C2 chart with C2C^2C2 inverse. Let S=λ−1(M∩R↓n)\mathcal S = \lambda^{-1}(\mathcal M \cap \mathbb R^n_\downarrow)S=λ−1(M∩R↓n​), let Xˉ∈S\bar X \in \mathcal SXˉ∈S and xˉ=λ(Xˉ)\bar x = \lambda(\bar X)xˉ=λ(Xˉ). The set M∩B(xˉ,δ)\mathcal M \cap B(\bar x, \delta)M∩B(xˉ,δ) (open ball) is strongly locally symmetric if for every x∈M∩B(xˉ,δ)x \in \mathcal M \cap B(\bar x, \delta)x∈M∩B(xˉ,δ) and every P∈ΣnP \in \mathbf \Sigma_nP∈Σn​ with Px=xPx = xPx=x,

P(M∩B(xˉ,δ))=M∩B(xˉ,δ).(3.15)P\big(\mathcal M \cap B(\bar x, \delta)\big) = \mathcal M \cap B(\bar x, \delta). \qquad (3.15)P(M∩B(xˉ,δ))=M∩B(xˉ,δ).(3.15)

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.9 (projection onto spectral manifolds)

Assume M\mathcal MM is a C2C^2C2 submanifold of Rn\mathbb R^nRn, Xˉ∈S\bar X \in \mathcal SXˉ∈S, δ>0\delta > 0δ>0 and (3.15). Then there is δ0∈(0,δ]\delta_0 \in (0, \delta]δ0​∈(0,δ] such that for every X∈SnX \in \mathbf S_nX∈Sn​ with ∥X−Xˉ∥≤δ0/2\|X - \bar X\| \le \delta_0/2∥X−Xˉ∥≤δ0​/2, the set PM(λ(X))P_{\mathcal M}(\lambda(X))PM​(λ(X)) is a single point ppp, and for every U∈OnU \in \mathbf O_nU∈On​ with X=UDiag⁡(λ(X))U⊤X = U \operatorname{Diag}(\lambda(X)) U^\topX=UDiag(λ(X))U⊤,

PS(X)={ UDiag⁡(p) U⊤ }.P_{\mathcal S}(X) = \{\, U \operatorname{Diag}(p)\, U^\top \,\}.PS​(X)={UDiag(p)U⊤}.

The goal fixes no constant: δ0\delta_0δ0​ is only asserted to exist, as the paper's proof restricts δ\deltaδ to make the local uniqueness of PMP_{\mathcal M}PM​ and Lemma 3.8 apply.

Milestones

  1. (3.11): ∥λ(X)−λ(Y)∥≤∥X−Y∥\|\lambda(X) - \lambda(Y)\| \le \|X - Y\|∥λ(X)−λ(Y)∥≤∥X−Y∥ for X,Y∈SnX, Y \in \mathbf S_nX,Y∈Sn​.
  2. Lemma 3.7: for closed M⊆R↓nM \subseteq \mathbb R^n_\downarrowM⊆R↓n​, an eigendecomposition X=UDiag⁡(λ(X))U⊤X = U\operatorname{Diag}(\lambda(X))U^\topX=UDiag(λ(X))U⊤ and sorted zzz, UDiag⁡(z)U⊤∈Pλ−1(M)(X)  ⟺  z∈PM(λ(X))U \operatorname{Diag}(z) U^\top \in P_{\lambda^{-1}(M)}(X) \iff z \in P_M(\lambda(X))UDiag(z)U⊤∈Pλ−1(M)​(X)⟺z∈PM​(λ(X)).
  3. Lemma 3.8: for xˉ∈R↓n\bar x \in \mathbb R^n_\downarrowxˉ∈R↓n​ and all small δ>0\delta > 0δ>0, for y∈B(xˉ,δ)y \in B(\bar x, \delta)y∈B(xˉ,δ) and sorted x∈B(xˉ,δ)x \in B(\bar x, \delta)x∈B(xˉ,δ), the maximum of x⊤Pyx^\top P yx⊤Py over permutations fixing xˉ\bar xxˉ is attained at some PPP with PyPyPy sorted.
  4. (3.20): under (3.15) and for small δ\deltaδ, the distance from a sorted x∈B(xˉ,δ)x \in B(\bar x, \delta)x∈B(xˉ,δ) to M∩B(xˉ,δ)\mathcal M \cap B(\bar x, \delta)M∩B(xˉ,δ) is attained up to equality on sorted points.

Significance

The theorem turns the projective retraction on a spectral manifold, an optimization problem over n×nn \times nn×n matrices, into a projection in Rn\mathbb R^nRn onto M\mathcal MM plus one eigendecomposition. For the matrices whose largest eigenvalue has multiplicity ppp, the projection onto Mp\mathcal M_pMp​ is an explicit averaging of the top ppp eigenvalues (Example 3.10 of the paper), which completes a partial result of Oustry (reference [29, Th. 13] of the paper). Together with Theorem 3.5, it is what makes the projective retraction a practical alternative on manifolds where the Riemannian exponential has no known efficient formula.

The result is proved in the paper; to our knowledge none of it is formalized. The mission produces a machine-checked version of the theorem and of the spectral-set toolkit beneath it: the Lipschitz property of sorted eigenvalues, the reduction of projections onto spectral sets to projections onto sets of vectors, and the permutation rearrangement lemma. The formalization also corrects a misstatement: Lemma 3.7 as printed quantifies over all z∈Rnz \in \mathbb R^nz∈Rn, and its direction "⇒\Rightarrow⇒" fails for unsorted zzz (for n=2n = 2n=2, M={(2,0)}M = \{(2, 0)\}M={(2,0)}, X=U=IX = U = IX=U=I, z=(0,2)z = (0, 2)z=(0,2)). The mission states it for z∈R↓nz \in \mathbb R^n_\downarrowz∈R↓n​, which is the only case Theorem 3.9 uses.

Difficulty

The obvious argument shows only half of the goal. Lemma 3.7 characterizes the nearest points of S\mathcal SS that share the eigenvectors UUU of XXX; it does not exclude a nearest point with other eigenvectors, and the goal asserts that PS(X)P_{\mathcal S}(X)PS​(X) is a single point. Excluding the others needs the equality case of the trace inequality trace⁡(XY)≤λ(X)⊤λ(Y)\operatorname{trace}(XY) \le \lambda(X)^\top \lambda(Y)trace(XY)≤λ(X)⊤λ(Y) (3.10), which the paper quotes from the literature without proof, and the fact that the projection ppp inherits the ties of λ(X)\lambda(X)λ(X), which comes from strong local symmetry and uniqueness of PMP_{\mathcal M}PM​.

The local uniqueness of PMP_{\mathcal M}PM​ near a point of a C2C^2C2 submanifold (Lemma 3.1 of the paper) is itself a tubular-neighbourhood argument through the inverse function theorem. Mathlib has no metric projection onto embedded submanifolds, no von Neumann trace inequality for sorted eigenvalues, and no Hoffman–Wielandt inequality. Finally, the radii interact: the restriction δ0\delta_0δ0​ must make Lemma 3.1, Lemma 3.8 and the ball inclusion PM(x)∈B(xˉ,δ)P_{\mathcal M}(x) \in B(\bar x, \delta)PM​(x)∈B(xˉ,δ) all hold at once.

Formalization scope

  • Vectors are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), with the Euclidean norm (not the sup norm of Fin n → ℝ). Matrices are Matrix (Fin n) (Fin n) ℝ with Mathlib's Frobenius norm (open scoped Matrix.Norms.Frobenius); Sn\mathbf S_nSn​ is IsHermitian (symmetry over R\mathbb RR) and On\mathbf O_nOn​ is Matrix.orthogonalGroup.
  • λ(X)\lambda(X)λ(X) is eig X, built from Mathlib's sorted IsHermitian.eigenvalues₀; on a non-symmetric matrix it returns 000, and every statement assumes symmetry. R↓n\mathbb R^n_\downarrowR↓n​ is sortedDesc n, spectral sets are specSet, permutations act by permAct (an isometry), and (3.15) is IsStronglyLocallySymmetric on the open ball.
  • Nearest points are the platform predicate RandomGradFree.Nonsmooth.IsMetricProjection; PQ(y)P_Q(y)PQ​(y) is {z | IsMetricProjection Q y z}.
  • The submanifold hypothesis is a local slice-chart predicate IsSubmanifold 2 d M. The paper allows k=2k = 2k=2 or ∞\infty∞; k=2k = 2k=2 covers both. Only the hypotheses of Theorem 3.5 (cited from Daniilidis–Malick–Sendov without proof) are assumed, not its conclusion that S\mathcal SS is a manifold.
  • "For δ\deltaδ small enough" is ∃δ1>0,∀δ∈(0,δ1]\exists \delta_1 > 0, \forall \delta \in (0, \delta_1]∃δ1​>0,∀δ∈(0,δ1​]; the radius of Theorem 3.9 is an existential δ0≤δ\delta_0 \le \deltaδ0​≤δ, with the paper's non-strict ∥X−Xˉ∥≤δ0/2\|X - \bar X\| \le \delta_0/2∥X−Xˉ∥≤δ0​/2.
  • Both singleton claims of Theorem 3.9 are part of the conclusion. A version proving only ⊆\subseteq⊆ would be satisfied by the empty set, and a version that assumes PM(λ(X))P_{\mathcal M}(\lambda(X))PM​(λ(X)) is a singleton would delete the theorem's local-uniqueness content; neither is the target.

Infrastructure that a full development needs and that is reusable beyond this mission: the von Neumann/Fan trace inequality and its equality case for real symmetric matrices, the Hoffman–Wielandt inequality (3.11), the rearrangement inequality over permutations fixing a vector, and the local existence and uniqueness of metric projections onto C2C^2C2 submanifolds. Useful platform items: RHLinalg.vonNeumann_trace_ineq (the trace inequality for Hermitian matrices), RHLinalg.bilinear_doublyStochastic_le_of_monovary (the rearrangement step), and Bhatia.trace_mul_perm_bounds (trace pairings between permutation pairings of unsorted spectra). Contributions of these lemmas, of alternative proofs of (3.11), and of the equality case of (3.10) are welcome.

Selected references

  • P.-A. Absil and J. Malick, Projection-like retractions on matrix manifolds, SIAM J. Optim. 22(1):135–158, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1137/100802529; authors' version https://hal.science/hal-00651608v2
  • A. Daniilidis, J. Malick and H. Sendov, Locally symmetric submanifolds lift up to spectral manifolds, preprint, 2009 (reference [8] of the paper; the source of Theorem 3.5).
  • A. S. Lewis and J. Malick, Alternating projections on manifolds, Math. Oper. Res. 33(1):216–234, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1070.0291
  • F. Oustry, A second-order bundle method to minimize the maximum eigenvalue function, Math. Program. 89:1–34, 2000 (reference [29] of the paper).
  • A. S. Lewis, Convex analysis on the Hermitian matrices, SIAM J. Optim. 6(1):164–177, 1996. https://doi.org/10.1137/0806009
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
Dynamical Systems·Captain: Lucas

Pugh's Closing LemmaResearch Paper

Motivation

A periodic point of a map f ⁣:M→Mf\colon M\to Mf:M→M is a point xxx with fn(x)=xf^n(x)=xfn(x)=x for some n≥1n\ge 1n≥1. A nonwandering point is a much weaker form of recurrence: every neighbourhood UUU of xxx eventually returns to meet itself, fn(U)∩U≠∅f^n(U)\cap U\ne\emptysetfn(U)∩U=∅ for some n≥1n\ge 1n≥1. Every periodic point is nonwandering, but a nonwandering point need not be periodic, and the orbit of such a point may never come back to xxx exactly.

Pugh's closing lemma asserts that this gap can be closed by an arbitrarily small change of the system: if xxx is nonwandering for a C1C^1C1 diffeomorphism fff of a compact manifold, then some diffeomorphism ggg, as close to fff as desired in the C1C^1C1 topology, has xxx as a periodic point (Wikipedia, "Pugh's closing lemma"). The result was proved by C. C. Pugh in 1967 (Pugh 1967), in the same paper as the General Density Theorem: for a C1C^1C1-generic diffeomorphism the periodic points are dense in the nonwandering set. The source article describes the lemma as establishing a close relationship between chaotic and periodic behaviour and notes that it underlies some autonomous convergence theorems. The article also points to Smale's problems as related material.

Setting

Let MMM be a compact smooth manifold of dimension ddd, Hausdorff and without boundary. Write Diff1(M)\mathrm{Diff}^1(M)Diff1(M) for the set of C1C^1C1 diffeomorphisms g ⁣:M→Mg\colon M\to Mg:M→M: bijections such that ggg and g−1g^{-1}g−1 are continuously differentiable. For g∈Diff1(M)g\in\mathrm{Diff}^1(M)g∈Diff1(M), Tg ⁣:TM→TMTg\colon TM\to TMTg:TM→TM denotes its tangent map on the tangent bundle.

The C1C^1C1 topology on Diff1(M)\mathrm{Diff}^1(M)Diff1(M) is the coarsest topology for which g↦Tgg\mapsto Tgg↦Tg is continuous, where the space C(TM,TM)C(TM,TM)C(TM,TM) of continuous self-maps of TMTMTM carries the compact-open topology. Two diffeomorphisms are C1C^1C1-close when they, and their derivatives, are uniformly close.

For a map h ⁣:X→Xh\colon X\to Xh:X→X of a topological space:

  • xxx is nonwandering if for every neighbourhood UUU of xxx there is n≥1n\ge 1n≥1 with hn(U)∩U≠∅h^n(U)\cap U\ne\emptysethn(U)∩U=∅; the nonwandering set is Ω(h)\Omega(h)Ω(h);
  • Per(h)={x:∃ n≥1, hn(x)=x}\mathrm{Per}(h)=\{x : \exists\, n\ge 1,\ h^n(x)=x\}Per(h)={x:∃n≥1, hn(x)=x} is the set of periodic points.

Formalization targets

Goal: Pugh's closing lemma

For every f∈Diff1(M)f\in\mathrm{Diff}^1(M)f∈Diff1(M) and every x∈Ω(f)x\in\Omega(f)x∈Ω(f),

∀ U a C1-neighbourhood of f,∃ g∈U,  x∈Per(g).\forall\ \mathcal U \text{ a } C^1\text{-neighbourhood of } f,\quad \exists\, g\in\mathcal U,\ \ x\in\mathrm{Per}(g).∀ U a C1-neighbourhood of f,∃g∈U,  x∈Per(g).

Milestones

  1. Per(f)⊆Ω(f)\mathrm{Per}(f)\subseteq\Omega(f)Per(f)⊆Ω(f) for any map fff.
  2. Ω(f)\Omega(f)Ω(f) is closed for any map fff.
  3. f(Ω(f))=Ω(f)f(\Omega(f))=\Omega(f)f(Ω(f))=Ω(f) for a homeomorphism fff.
  4. Ω(f)≠∅\Omega(f)\ne\emptysetΩ(f)=∅ for any map of a nonempty compact space.
  5. General Density Theorem (Pugh 1967): there is a residual set G⊆Diff1(M)\mathcal G\subseteq\mathrm{Diff}^1(M)G⊆Diff1(M) with
Per(g)‾=Ω(g)(g∈G).\overline{\mathrm{Per}(g)}=\Omega(g)\qquad (g\in\mathcal G).Per(g)​=Ω(g)(g∈G).

Milestones 1–4 are elementary background facts that are not stated in the source article; milestone 5 is the second theorem named in the title of the source's reference.

Significance

The result. The closing lemma turns a topological recurrence property into periodicity after a C1C^1C1-small perturbation. Combined with genericity arguments it gives the General Density Theorem, so that for generic C1C^1C1 diffeomorphisms the whole nonwandering set is the closure of the periodic orbits. It is one of the basic perturbation tools of C1C^1C1 generic dynamics.

Formalizing it. The theorem is classical and proved in the literature. The drafter is not aware of a machine-checked proof. A formalization needs the C1C^1C1 topology on diffeomorphism groups, local perturbation lemmas in charts and the combinatorics of the closing argument. None of these is currently available in Mathlib as far as the drafter knows.

Difficulty

The first idea is to take the returning piece of orbit near xxx and push it back to xxx with a small local perturbation. This fails in the C1C^1C1 topology. Moving a point by distance δ\deltaδ with a bump supported in a ball of radius rrr costs C1C^1C1 size about δ/r\delta/rδ/r, and the return may happen at a distance comparable to the size of the only available ball. The perturbation then fails to be C1C^1C1-small. The derivative DfnDf^nDfn along the return can also distort any fixed neighbourhood shape without bound. Controlling this distortion is the central difficulty.

Formalization scope

  • Diff1(M)\mathrm{Diff}^1(M)Diff1(M) and its C1C^1C1 topology come from the published definition file BCWCentralizer_Basic. Diff1(M)\mathrm{Diff}^1(M)Diff1(M) is M ≃ₘ^1⟮𝓡 d, 𝓡 d⟯ M, and the topology is induced by g↦Tgg\mapsto Tgg↦Tg into C(TangentBundle, TangentBundle) with the compact-open topology. On a compact manifold this is the usual C1C^1C1 topology.
  • "Compact smooth manifold": a Hausdorff compact space with a C∞C^\inftyC∞ atlas modelled on Rd\mathbb R^dRd, so without boundary. ddd is arbitrary.
  • "Arbitrarily close" means that every neighbourhood of fff in the C1C^1C1 topology contains a suitable ggg. "Periodic" requires a period n≥1n\ge 1n≥1. Allowing n=0n=0n=0 would make every point periodic and the statement trivial.
  • The perturbation ggg is only required to be a C1C^1C1 diffeomorphism, matching Diff1(M)\mathrm{Diff}^1(M)Diff1(M) in the source.
  • The nonwandering notion is the definition item PughClosingLemma_nonwandering, shared by all statements. It is reusable for any topological dynamics mission.

Welcome contributions: a general theory of the C1C^1C1 topology on Diff1(M)\mathrm{Diff}^1(M)Diff1(M) (for example, that it is Baire), local perturbation lemmas, and proofs of the milestones.

Selected references

  • C. C. Pugh, An Improved Closing Lemma and a General Density Theorem, American Journal of Mathematics 89 (4), 1967, 1010–1021. https://doi.org/10.2307/2373414
  • Wikipedia, Pugh's closing lemma, revision 1304222873. https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Pugh%27s_closing_lemma&oldid=1304222873
  • V. Araújo, M. J. Pacifico, Three-Dimensional Flows, Springer, 2010, ISBN 978-3-642-11414-4.
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
AnalysisPartial Differential EquationsPure Mathematics·Captain: mikedeng1

Tasty Bits of Several Complex Variables V: CR Functions and Severi's Extension TheoremTextbook

Motivation

A holomorphic function on an open set of Cn\mathbb{C}^nCn restricts to a real hypersurface MMM as a function that satisfies the tangential Cauchy–Riemann equations: it is annihilated by every antiholomorphic vector tangent to MMM. Functions on MMM with this property are called CR functions, and they are the boundary values that several complex variables studies whenever a domain is approached through its boundary. The basic question is the converse: when is a CR function locally the restriction of a holomorphic function? For smooth data the answer is "not always" (the book's Example 3.2.7 gives a smooth CR function on the hyperplane Im⁡z2=0\operatorname{Im} z_2 = 0Imz2​=0 that is no such restriction). For real-analytic data the answer is "always", and that is Severi's theorem, the goal of this mission.

The mission follows Chapter 3 of Jiří Lebl's open textbook Tasty Bits of Several Complex Variables (version 4.4, 2026), where Severi's theorem is proved by complexification: a real-analytic function of zzz and zˉ\bar zzˉ is treated as a holomorphic function of two independent variables (z,ζ)(z, \zeta)(z,ζ) restricted to the diagonal ζ=zˉ\zeta = \bar zζ=zˉ. The milestones are the steps of that route: uniqueness on totally real slices, the two complexification propositions, the fact that restrictions of holomorphic functions are CR, and the normal form wˉ=Φ(z,zˉ,w)\bar w = \Phi(z, \bar z, w)wˉ=Φ(z,zˉ,w) of a real-analytic hypersurface.

Setting

Write Cn≅R2n\mathbb{C}^n \cong \mathbb{R}^{2n}Cn≅R2n with zk=xk+iykz_k = x_k + i y_kzk​=xk​+iyk​. A function on an open subset of RN\mathbb{R}^NRN is real-analytic if near each point it equals a convergent power series in the real coordinates. A set M⊂CnM \subset \mathbb{C}^nM⊂Cn is a real-analytic hypersurface if near each of its points, after choosing one real coordinate yyy among the 2n2n2n and collecting the other 2n−12n-12n−1 as xxx, it is the graph y=φ(x)y = \varphi(x)y=φ(x) of a real-analytic function φ\varphiφ.

A function fff on an arbitrary set X⊂CnX \subset \mathbb{C}^nX⊂Cn is smooth (respectively real-analytic) if near each point of XXX it agrees on XXX with a smooth (respectively real-analytic) function FFF defined on an open neighbourhood. A defining function of MMM at ppp is a smooth real function rrr on an open V∋pV \ni pV∋p with nonvanishing derivative and M∩V={r=0}M \cap V = \{r = 0\}M∩V={r=0}; MMM is a smooth real hypersurface if it has one at every point.

With the Wirtinger derivative ∂/∂zˉk=12(∂/∂xk+i ∂/∂yk)\partial/\partial\bar z_k = \tfrac12(\partial/\partial x_k + i\,\partial/\partial y_k)∂/∂zˉk​=21​(∂/∂xk​+i∂/∂yk​), the space of antiholomorphic tangent vectors of MMM at ppp is

Tp(0,1)M={∑kak∂∂zˉk∣p:∑kak∂r∂zˉk(p)=0}.T^{(0,1)}_p M = \Big\{ \textstyle\sum_{k} a_k \frac{\partial}{\partial \bar z_k}\big|_p : \sum_k a_k \frac{\partial r}{\partial \bar z_k}(p) = 0 \Big\}.Tp(0,1)​M={∑k​ak​∂zˉk​∂​​p​:∑k​ak​∂zˉk​∂r​(p)=0}.

A smooth f:M→Cf : M \to \mathbb{C}f:M→C is a CR function if Xpf=0X_p f = 0Xp​f=0 for all p∈Mp \in Mp∈M and Xp∈Tp(0,1)MX_p \in T^{(0,1)}_pMXp​∈Tp(0,1)​M, where XpfX_p fXp​f is computed on any smooth local extension of fff. A real-analytic CR function is a CR function that is real-analytic on MMM.

In Lean, Cn\mathbb{C}^nCn is Fin n → ℂ, and these notions are the definitions IsRealAnalyticOn, IsRealAnalyticHypersurface, IsSmoothHypersurface, IsSmoothOnSet / IsRealAnalyticOnSet, antiholTangent and IsSmoothCRFunction / IsRealAnalyticCRFunction of the namespace LeblSCV.CR.

Formalization targets

Goal: Severi's theorem (Theorem 3.2.9)

Let M⊂CnM \subset \mathbb{C}^nM⊂Cn be a real-analytic hypersurface, p∈Mp \in Mp∈M, and f:M→Cf : M \to \mathbb{C}f:M→C a real-analytic CR function. Then there are an open neighbourhood UUU of ppp and F∈O(U)F \in \mathcal{O}(U)F∈O(U) with

F(q)=f(q)for all q∈M∩U.F(q) = f(q) \qquad \text{for all } q \in M \cap U.F(q)=f(q)for all q∈M∩U.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 3.1.2. Holomorphic functions on a domain V⊂CnV \subset \mathbb{C}^nV⊂Cn that agree on V∩Rn≠∅V \cap \mathbb{R}^n \neq \emptysetV∩Rn=∅ agree on VVV.
  2. Proposition 3.1.3. A real-analytic function on a domain U⊂RnU \subset \mathbb{R}^nU⊂Rn extends to a unique holomorphic function on some domain V⊃UV \supset UV⊃U of Cn\mathbb{C}^nCn.
  3. Lemma 3.1.4. Holomorphic functions on a domain V⊂Cn×CnV \subset \mathbb{C}^n \times \mathbb{C}^nV⊂Cn×Cn that agree on V∩{ζ=zˉ}≠∅V \cap \{\zeta = \bar z\} \neq \emptysetV∩{ζ=zˉ}=∅ agree on VVV.
  4. Proposition 3.1.5. A real-analytic fff on a domain U⊂CnU \subset \mathbb{C}^nU⊂Cn has a unique holomorphic FFF on a domain V⊃{(z,zˉ):z∈U}V \supset \{(z, \bar z) : z \in U\}V⊃{(z,zˉ):z∈U} with F(z,zˉ)=f(z)F(z, \bar z) = f(z)F(z,zˉ)=f(z).
  5. Proposition 3.2.6. The restriction of a holomorphic function to a smooth (respectively real-analytic) hypersurface is a smooth (respectively real-analytic) CR function.
  6. Proposition 3.2.8. After a translation and a unitary rotation taking ppp to 000, a real-analytic hypersurface is locally wˉ=Φ(z,zˉ,w)\bar w = \Phi(z, \bar z, w)wˉ=Φ(z,zˉ,w) with Φ\PhiΦ holomorphic, Φ\PhiΦ, ∂Φ/∂zk\partial\Phi/\partial z_k∂Φ/∂zk​, ∂Φ/∂ζk\partial\Phi/\partial\zeta_k∂Φ/∂ζk​ vanishing at 000, and w=Φˉ(ζ,z,Φ(z,ζ,w))w = \bar\Phi(\zeta, z, \Phi(z, \zeta, w))w=Φˉ(ζ,z,Φ(z,ζ,w)).

Significance

Severi's theorem identifies the real-analytic CR functions on a real-analytic hypersurface with the local traces of holomorphic functions. Together with Proposition 3.2.6 it shows that, in the real-analytic category, the tangential Cauchy–Riemann equations are exactly the obstruction to holomorphic extension. It is the model for the later extension theorems of the chapter: the Baouendi–Trèves approximation theorem (Theorem 3.3.1) and the Lewy extension theorem (Theorem 3.4.1), which replace real-analyticity with smoothness and pay for it with one-sided extension or approximation. Complexification (Propositions 3.1.3 and 3.1.5) is also a tool in its own right, used for the composition of real-analytic maps (Proposition 3.1.10) and for pluriharmonic functions.

All results here are classical and proved in the book; none of them is formalized in Lean or Mathlib as far as a search of the Prove2Me corpus and Mathlib shows. Mathlib has real and complex analyticity (AnalyticOnNhd), the one-variable and several-variable identity theorems for analytic functions, and the holomorphic implicit function theorem is within reach, but it has no notion of real hypersurface, CR vector or CR function. The mission produces that layer and a checked proof of the first extension theorem for CR functions.

Difficulty

The obvious idea is to take a real-analytic extension of fff, complexify it to a holomorphic function f(z,w,ζ,ω)f(z, w, \zeta, \omega)f(z,w,ζ,ω) of 2n2n2n variables, and substitute ω=Φ(z,ζ,w)\omega = \Phi(z, \zeta, w)ω=Φ(z,ζ,w) to remove wˉ\bar wwˉ. That produces a holomorphic function of (z,w,ζ)(z, w, \zeta)(z,w,ζ), not of (z,w)(z, w)(z,w); showing that it does not depend on ζ\zetaζ requires transporting the CR equations, which hold only on MMM, to the whole complexified hypersurface. That transport is a uniqueness statement for the complexification, and it rests on the normal form of Proposition 3.2.8, itself an application of the holomorphic implicit function theorem to the complexified defining function together with its reality symmetry. On the Lean side, the diagonal {ζ=zˉ}\{\zeta = \bar z\}{ζ=zˉ} is not a complex submanifold, so identity theorems along it (Lemmas 3.1.2 and 3.1.4) do not follow from the standard identity theorem for open sets.

Formalization scope

  • Cn\mathbb{C}^nCn is Fin n → ℂ, with 0-based indices; Cn×Cn\mathbb{C}^n \times \mathbb{C}^nCn×Cn is the product type. The sup norm of Fin n → ℂ never enters a statement: no ball, norm or distance occurs.
  • Holomorphic on an open set is DifferentiableOn ℂ, which is equivalent to the book's Definition 1.1.2 there. A domain is an open connected (hence nonempty) set.
  • Real-analytic is Mathlib's AnalyticOnNhd ℝ on an open set, applied to Cn\mathbb{C}^nCn as a real vector space, which is the book's power series in x,yx, yx,y (equivalently in z,zˉz, \bar zz,zˉ).
  • A real-analytic hypersurface is a local graph over one of the 2n2n2n real coordinates (Definition 3.1.9), not the zero set of a real-analytic function.
  • Functions on MMM are functions on Cn\mathbb{C}^nCn of which only the values on MMM are read. "Smooth on MMM" means locally the restriction of a C∞C^\inftyC∞ function (Definition 3.2.1). The CR condition is imposed for every defining function and every smooth local extension, which is equivalent to one choice because both are independent of the choice.
  • Proposition 3.2.8 is stated for n=m+1n = m + 1n=m+1, with the unitary change of coordinates q↦U(q−p)q \mapsto U(q - p)q↦U(q−p) and every "near the origin" made an explicit open set. Only its displayed statement is a target; the remarks that follow it on the page are not.
  • The goal cannot be satisfied by an empty hypothesis: real-analytic hypersurfaces exist (a sorry-free check shows {Im⁡z1=0}\{\operatorname{Im} z_1 = 0\}{Imz1​=0} qualifies), and by Proposition 3.2.6 every restriction of a holomorphic function is a real-analytic CR function. The CR condition is the intrinsic one on Tp(0,1)MT^{(0,1)}_pMTp(0,1)​M; replacing it with "restriction of a holomorphic function" would make the goal a tautology and is ruled out.
  • Needed infrastructure: the several-variable identity theorem, holomorphic implicit functions, power series in 2n2n2n variables, and the chain rule for Wirtinger derivatives. The definitions of real-analytic hypersurface and CR function are reusable by the later extension theorems of Chapter 3. Contributions of any milestone, of a proof that Tp(0,1)MT^{(0,1)}_pMTp(0,1)​M is independent of the defining function, or of Exercise 3.2.3 (independence of the extension) are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. Lebl, Tasty Bits of Several Complex Variables, version 4.4, 2026, Chapter 3. https://www.jirka.org/scv/
  • Mathlib documentation, Mathlib.Analysis.Analytic.Basic (analytic functions, AnalyticOnNhd). https://leanprover-community.github.io/mathlib4_docs/Mathlib/Analysis/Analytic/Basic.html
14 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Mathematical Physics·Captain: Lucas

A No-Nonsense Introduction to General Relativity I: Birkhoff's theorem and the Schwarzschild solutionTextbook

Motivation

General relativity is summed up, in S. M. Carroll's A No-Nonsense Introduction to General Relativity (2001), by two statements: spacetime is a curved pseudo-Riemannian manifold with a metric of signature (−+++)(-+++)(−+++), and the metric obeys Einstein's equation Rμν−12Rgμν=8πGTμνR_{\mu\nu}-\frac12Rg_{\mu\nu}=8\pi GT_{\mu\nu}Rμν​−21​Rgμν​=8πGTμν​. The first exact solution of that equation, and still the most important one, is the Schwarzschild metric: it describes the gravitational field of the Sun outside its surface, the classical tests of GR (perihelion precession, light bending), and non-rotating black holes. Carroll's notes state its key property in one sentence: for a spherically symmetric metric, the vacuum equation has a unique solution, (72) — Birkhoff's theorem. This mission is the first of a series formalizing the capstone results of those notes.

Setting

We work in a single coordinate chart of four-dimensional spacetime. A point is x=(x0,x1,x2,x3)∈R4x=(x^0,x^1,x^2,x^3)\in\mathbb R^4x=(x0,x1,x2,x3)∈R4; a metric is a field x↦gμν(x)x\mapsto g_{\mu\nu}(x)x↦gμν​(x) of real symmetric 4×44\times44×4 matrices of signature (−+++)(-+++)(−+++), i.e. congruent to η=diag(−1,1,1,1)\eta=\mathrm{diag}(-1,1,1,1)η=diag(−1,1,1,1). From ggg and its inverse gμνg^{\mu\nu}gμν one builds, exactly as in Carroll's equations:

  • the Christoffel symbols Γμνσ=12gσρ(∂μgνρ+∂νgρμ−∂ρgμν)\Gamma^\sigma_{\mu\nu}=\frac12g^{\sigma\rho}(\partial_\mu g_{\nu\rho}+\partial_\nu g_{\rho\mu}-\partial_\rho g_{\mu\nu})Γμνσ​=21​gσρ(∂μ​gνρ​+∂ν​gρμ​−∂ρ​gμν​) (36) and the covariant derivative (35);
  • the Riemann tensor Rσμαβ=∂αΓμβσ−∂βΓμασ+ΓαλσΓμβλ−ΓβλσΓμαλR^\sigma{}_{\mu\alpha\beta}=\partial_\alpha\Gamma^\sigma_{\mu\beta}-\partial_\beta\Gamma^\sigma_{\mu\alpha}+\Gamma^\sigma_{\alpha\lambda}\Gamma^\lambda_{\mu\beta}-\Gamma^\sigma_{\beta\lambda}\Gamma^\lambda_{\mu\alpha}Rσμαβ​=∂α​Γμβσ​−∂β​Γμασ​+Γαλσ​Γμβλ​−Γβλσ​Γμαλ​ (44);
  • the Ricci tensor Rαβ=RλαλβR_{\alpha\beta}=R^\lambda{}_{\alpha\lambda\beta}Rαβ​=Rλαλβ​ (45), Ricci scalar R=gμνRμνR=g^{\mu\nu}R_{\mu\nu}R=gμνRμν​ (46) and Einstein tensor Gμν=Rμν−12RgμνG_{\mu\nu}=R_{\mu\nu}-\frac12Rg_{\mu\nu}Gμν​=Rμν​−21​Rgμν​ (50).

In spherical coordinates (t,r,θ,ϕ)=(x0,x1,x2,x3)(t,r,\theta,\phi)=(x^0,x^1,x^2,x^3)(t,r,θ,ϕ)=(x0,x1,x2,x3) the general spherically symmetric metric is (71)

ds2=−A(r,t) dt2+B(r,t) dr2+r2(dθ2+sin⁡2θ dϕ2),ds^2=-A(r,t)\,dt^2+B(r,t)\,dr^2+r^2(d\theta^2+\sin^2\theta\,d\phi^2),ds2=−A(r,t)dt2+B(r,t)dr2+r2(dθ2+sin2θdϕ2),

and the Schwarzschild metric (72) is the case A=1−2Gm/rA=1-2Gm/rA=1−2Gm/r, B=(1−2Gm/r)−1B=(1-2Gm/r)^{-1}B=(1−2Gm/r)−1.

Target

The goal is the uniqueness statement of §6 of the notes, in the form: for A,BA,BA,B smooth and positive on a rectangle (r1,r2)×(t1,t2)(r_1,r_2)\times(t_1,t_2)(r1​,r2​)×(t1​,t2​) with r1≥0r_1\ge0r1​≥0,

Rμν[−A dt2+B dr2+r2dΩ2]=0  ⟺  ∃ m, f>0: A=f(t)(1−2Gmr), B=(1−2Gmr)−1.R_{\mu\nu}\big[-A\,dt^2+B\,dr^2+r^2d\Omega^2\big]=0\iff\exists\,m,\ f>0:\ A=f(t)\Big(1-\frac{2Gm}{r}\Big),\ B=\Big(1-\frac{2Gm}{r}\Big)^{-1}.Rμν​[−Adt2+Bdr2+r2dΩ2]=0⟺∃m, f>0: A=f(t)(1−r2Gm​), B=(1−r2Gm​)−1.

The milestones follow the notes in order:

  1. eqs. (18)–(20): Minkowski space in spherical coordinates;
  2. eq. (25): gμνgμν=4g^{\mu\nu}g_{\mu\nu}=4gμνgμν​=4;
  3. after eq. (36): Γμνσ=Γνμσ\Gamma^\sigma_{\mu\nu}=\Gamma^\sigma_{\nu\mu}Γμνσ​=Γνμσ​;
  4. eq. (37): metric compatibility ∇σgμν=0=∇σgμν\nabla_\sigma g_{\mu\nu}=0=\nabla_\sigma g^{\mu\nu}∇σ​gμν​=0=∇σ​gμν;
  5. eq. (47): the algebraic symmetries of RμνρσR_{\mu\nu\rho\sigma}Rμνρσ​;
  6. eq. (48): Rμν=RνμR_{\mu\nu}=R_{\nu\mu}Rμν​=Rνμ​;
  7. eq. (49): the Bianchi identity ∇[λRμν]ρσ=0\nabla_{[\lambda}R_{\mu\nu]\rho\sigma}=0∇[λ​Rμν]ρσ​=0;
  8. eq. (51): the contracted Bianchi identity ∇μGμν=0\nabla_\mu G^{\mu\nu}=0∇μ​Gμν=0;
  9. eq. (67): −R=8πGT-R=8\pi GT−R=8πGT;
  10. eq. (68): the trace-reversed Einstein equation;
  11. eq. (69): in vacuum, Einstein's equation is Rμν=0R_{\mu\nu}=0Rμν​=0;
  12. eq. (72): the Schwarzschild metric is Ricci-flat for r>0r>0r>0, r≠2Gmr\ne2Gmr=2Gm;
  13. Birkhoff's theorem (the "only if" direction of the goal);
  14. eqs. (73)–(75): Kruskal coordinates, showing r=2Gmr=2Gmr=2Gm is a coordinate singularity.

Significance

The result. Birkhoff's theorem says the exterior field of any spherically symmetric body — static, pulsating or collapsing — is the Schwarzschild field, determined by a single constant mmm. It is why the Schwarzschild solution governs the solar system and spherical collapse, and why spherically symmetric gravitational radiation does not exist. The identities (37), (47)–(51) and (67)–(69) are the working toolkit of every GR computation; (51) is what makes Einstein's equation consistent with local energy–momentum conservation.

Formalizing it. All results here are classical and proved in the textbooks. The value of the mission is a machine-checked, coordinate-level development of the curvature identities in Carroll's exact conventions, and a checked proof of Birkhoff's theorem, which requires solving the vacuum equations as a system of PDEs rather than verifying a given solution. The platform already contains a separate Einstein-field-equations development (built from a Wikipedia-based definition file with a slightly different index placement) in which Ricci-flatness of the Schwarzschild metric is proved; this mission uses its own Carroll-faithful definitions, and that earlier work may help with milestone 12.

Difficulty

Verifying that a given metric is Ricci-flat (milestone 12) is a long but mechanical computation of derivatives of explicit functions. The goal is different in kind: in the "only if" direction one must extract from Rμν=0R_{\mu\nu}=0Rμν​=0 that ∂tB=0\partial_tB=0∂t​B=0 (from Rtr=0R_{tr}=0Rtr​=0), integrate an ODE in rrr to get B=(1−C/r)−1B=(1-C/r)^{-1}B=(1−C/r)−1 with CCC independent of ttt, and then show A/(1−C/r)A/(1-C/r)A/(1−C/r) depends on ttt only — all with the coordinate derivatives of the formal definitions, inside a region where A,BA,BA,B are only known to be smooth and positive. The general identities (47)–(51) need symmetry of second and third derivatives and the derivative of the matrix inverse.

Formalization scope

  • Everything lives in one chart: Coord = Fin 4 → ℝ, a metric is a function Coord → Matrix (Fin 4) (Fin 4) ℝ, partial derivatives are Fréchet derivatives in coordinate directions. All functions are total: non-differentiable points give derivative 000, singular matrices have inverse 000, and a/0=0a/0=0a/0=0. For that reason every statement names the open region (smoothness, signature (−+++)(-+++)(−+++), r>0r>0r>0, r≠2Gmr\ne2Gmr=2Gm, 0<θ<π0<\theta<\pi0<θ<π) on which it is claimed.
  • "Spacetime metric on UUU" means: UUU open, components C∞C^\inftyC∞ on UUU, and g(y)g(y)g(y) congruent to η\etaη for every y∈Uy\in Uy∈U (Carroll's standing assumption that the metric has signature (−+++)(-+++)(−+++)).
  • The goal is stated on a coordinate rectangle (r1,r2)×(t1,t2)(r_1,r_2)\times(t_1,t_2)(r1​,r2​)×(t1​,t2​) with the angular coordinates ranging over 0<θ<π0<\theta<\pi0<θ<π, ϕ∈R\phi\in\mathbb Rϕ∈R. The uniqueness is up to rescaling ttt (the factor f(t)f(t)f(t)); omitting fff would make the statement false.
  • Kruskal "takes the form" is encoded as the change-of-variables identity JTKJ=gSchwJ^{\mathsf T}KJ=g_{\text{Schw}}JTKJ=gSchw​, with the implicit relation (75) as a separate conclusion.
  • Reusable beyond this mission: the definition file CarrollGR_Defs (Christoffel symbols, covariant derivatives, curvature, Einstein tensor in coordinates) is shared by the whole series. Contributions welcome: general lemmas about partialD of products, quotients and matrix inverses, and a tensoriality lemma for the Ricci tensor under changes of coordinates.

Selected references

  • S. M. Carroll, A No-Nonsense Introduction to General Relativity, lecture notes, 2001 (the source; equation numbers above refer to it).
  • S. M. Carroll, Lecture Notes on General Relativity, 1997, arXiv:gr-qc/9712019 (the full notes of which the source is an abridgment).
  • R. M. Wald, General Relativity, University of Chicago Press, 1984.
16 thms2 active usersReviewed
Mathematical Physics·Captain: Lucas

Teleparallel Gravity: Equivalence with General Relativity (Aldrovandi-Pereira-Vu 2004)Research Paper

Motivation

General relativity describes gravitation through the curvature of the Levi-Civita (Christoffel) connection of a spacetime metric. An alternative description, going back to Einstein's 1928-1930 papers on distant parallelism and developed in modern form as the teleparallel equivalent of general relativity, uses instead a tetrad field haμh^a{}_\muhaμ​ and the Weitzenböck connection it defines, a connection with vanishing curvature but non-zero torsion. The paper of Aldrovandi, Pereira and Vu (Braz. J. Phys. 34 (2004) 1374) reviews this formulation as a gauge theory of the translation group, and uses it to discuss the weak equivalence principle and a global (phase-factor) formulation of gravitation.

The claim that both descriptions are physically equivalent rests on a small number of exact tensor identities: the Weitzenböck connection splits as the Christoffel connection plus the contortion tensor, its curvature vanishes identically, and the teleparallel Lagrangian differs from the Einstein-Hilbert Lagrangian only by a total divergence. This mission asks for machine-checked proofs of these identities, in coordinates, exactly as used in Sections 2-3 of the paper.

Timeline (for orientation): Einstein introduced distant parallelism in 1928 (translations in the Delphenich collection Selected Papers on Teleparallelism); Weitzenböck studied the differential invariants of the theory the same year; the modern teleparallel equivalent of general relativity was developed from the 1960s-1970s onward, and the gauge-theoretic reading used here is the one reviewed by Aldrovandi-Pereira-Vu (2004).

Setting

Work in a single global chart x=(x0,x1,x2,x3)∈R4x=(x^0,x^1,x^2,x^3)\in\mathbb R^4x=(x0,x1,x2,x3)∈R4 and write ∂ν\partial_\nu∂ν​ for coordinate partial derivatives. Tangent-space (Latin) indices are raised and lowered with the Minkowski metric ηab=diag(+1,−1,−1,−1)\eta_{ab}=\mathrm{diag}(+1,-1,-1,-1)ηab​=diag(+1,−1,−1,−1).

  • A tetrad is a smooth field of invertible 4×44\times 44×4 matrices haμ(x)h^a{}_\mu(x)haμ​(x), with inverse haμh_a{}^\muha​μ and determinant h=det⁡(haμ)h=\det(h^a{}_\mu)h=det(haμ​).
  • The metric is gμν=ηabhaμhbνg_{\mu\nu}=\eta_{ab}h^a{}_\mu h^b{}_\nugμν​=ηab​haμ​hbν​ (Eq. (4)); gμνg^{\mu\nu}gμν is its inverse.
  • The Weitzenböck connection is Γρμν=haρ ∂νhaμ\Gamma^\rho{}_{\mu\nu}=h_a{}^\rho\,\partial_\nu h^a{}_\muΓρμν​=ha​ρ∂ν​haμ​ (Eq. (5)), its torsion Tρμν=Γρνμ−ΓρμνT^\rho{}_{\mu\nu}=\Gamma^\rho{}_{\nu\mu}-\Gamma^\rho{}_{\mu\nu}Tρμν​=Γρνμ​−Γρμν​ (Eq. (6)).
  • The Christoffel connection is Γ˚ρμν=12gρσ(∂μgσν+∂νgσμ−∂σgμν)\mathring\Gamma^\rho{}_{\mu\nu}=\tfrac12 g^{\rho\sigma}(\partial_\mu g_{\sigma\nu}+\partial_\nu g_{\sigma\mu}-\partial_\sigma g_{\mu\nu})Γ˚ρμν​=21​gρσ(∂μ​gσν​+∂ν​gσμ​−∂σ​gμν​); the contortion is Kρμν=12(Tμρν+Tνρμ−Tρμν)K^\rho{}_{\mu\nu}=\tfrac12(T_\mu{}^\rho{}_\nu+T_\nu{}^\rho{}_\mu-T^\rho{}_{\mu\nu})Kρμν​=21​(Tμ​ρν​+Tν​ρμ​−Tρμν​) (Eq. (9)).
  • The superpotential is Sρμν=12[Kμνρ−gρνTσμσ+gρμTσνσ]S^{\rho\mu\nu}=\tfrac12\big[K^{\mu\nu\rho}-g^{\rho\nu}T^{\sigma\mu}{}_\sigma+g^{\rho\mu}T^{\sigma\nu}{}_\sigma\big]Sρμν=21​[Kμνρ−gρνTσμσ​+gρμTσνσ​] (Eq. (11)), and the teleparallel Lagrangian density is LG=c4h16πGSρμνTρμν\mathcal L_G=\frac{c^4 h}{16\pi G}S^{\rho\mu\nu}T_{\rho\mu\nu}LG​=16πGc4h​SρμνTρμν​ (Eq. (10)).
  • In the gauge picture the tetrad is haμ=∂μxa+Baμh^a{}_\mu=\partial_\mu x^a+B^a{}_\muhaμ​=∂μ​xa+Baμ​ (Eq. (3)), with translational gauge potential BaμB^a{}_\muBaμ​ and field strength Faμν=∂μBaν−∂νBaμF^a{}_{\mu\nu}=\partial_\mu B^a{}_\nu-\partial_\nu B^a{}_\muFaμν​=∂μ​Baν​−∂ν​Baμ​ (Eq. (7)).

Curvature of a connection is Rρθμν=∂μΓρθν−∂νΓρθμ+ΓρσμΓσθν−ΓρσνΓσθμR^\rho{}_{\theta\mu\nu}=\partial_\mu\Gamma^\rho{}_{\theta\nu}-\partial_\nu\Gamma^\rho{}_{\theta\mu}+\Gamma^\rho{}_{\sigma\mu}\Gamma^\sigma{}_{\theta\nu}-\Gamma^\rho{}_{\sigma\nu}\Gamma^\sigma{}_{\theta\mu}Rρθμν​=∂μ​Γρθν​−∂ν​Γρθμ​+Γρσμ​Γσθν​−Γρσν​Γσθμ​, Ricci R˚θν=R˚ρθρν\mathring R_{\theta\nu}=\mathring R^\rho{}_{\theta\rho\nu}R˚θν​=R˚ρθρν​, scalar R˚=gθνR˚θν\mathring R=g^{\theta\nu}\mathring R_{\theta\nu}R˚=gθνR˚θν​ (Landau-Lifshitz conventions, consistent with the paper's Eq. (15)). The Einstein-Hilbert density is LEH=−c416πG−g R˚\mathcal L_{EH}=-\frac{c^4}{16\pi G}\sqrt{-g}\,\mathring RLEH​=−16πGc4​−g​R˚.

Formalization targets

Goal: equivalence of Lagrangians up to a divergence (Section 2, after Eq. (14))

For a smooth, positively oriented tetrad (h>0h>0h>0, so h=−gh=\sqrt{-g}h=−g​):

LG=LEH+∂μ(−c48πG h Tνμν).\mathcal L_G=\mathcal L_{EH}+\partial_\mu\Big(-\frac{c^4}{8\pi G}\,h\,T^{\nu\mu}{}_\nu\Big).LG​=LEH​+∂μ​(−8πGc4​hTνμν​).

The paper states only "up to a divergence"; the divergence term is written explicitly because an unspecified divergence would make the statement empty (every function on R4\mathbb R^4R4 is a divergence).

Milestones

  1. Eqs. (2)-(3): the tetrad and FaμνF^a{}_{\mu\nu}Faμν​ are invariant under xa↦xa+εax^a\mapsto x^a+\varepsilon^axa↦xa+εa, Baμ↦Baμ−∂μεaB^a{}_\mu\mapsto B^a{}_\mu-\partial_\mu\varepsilon^aBaμ​↦Baμ​−∂μ​εa.
  2. Eq. (7): Faμν=haρTρμνF^a{}_{\mu\nu}=h^a{}_\rho T^\rho{}_{\mu\nu}Faμν​=haρ​Tρμν​.
  3. Text after Eq. (5): the Weitzenböck connection has zero curvature.
  4. Eq. (8): Γρμν=Γ˚ρμν+Kρμν\Gamma^\rho{}_{\mu\nu}=\mathring\Gamma^\rho{}_{\mu\nu}+K^\rho{}_{\mu\nu}Γρμν​=Γ˚ρμν​+Kρμν​.
  5. Eq. (11): Sρμν=−SρνμS^{\rho\mu\nu}=-S^{\rho\nu\mu}Sρμν=−Sρνμ.
  6. Eq. (19): Tλμρuλuρ=−KλμρuλuρT^\lambda{}_{\mu\rho}u_\lambda u^\rho=-K^\lambda{}_{\mu\rho}u_\lambda u^\rhoTλμρ​uλ​uρ=−Kλμρ​uλ​uρ.

Significance

The goal identity is the precise sense in which teleparallel gravity is "equivalent" to general relativity: the two actions differ by a boundary term, so they give the same field equations (the paper's Eqs. (12) and (15)). Milestone 4 is what turns the teleparallel force equation into the geodesic equation (Eq. (20)), and milestone 2 is the dictionary between the gauge field strength and torsion used throughout Sections 3-4. The results are classical and proved on paper; to our knowledge they are not formalized in Mathlib, which has no coordinate tensor calculus of this kind. A formal development would provide reusable coordinate lemmas (derivative of an inverse matrix field, symmetry of second derivatives in index form, Christoffel symbols of g=hTηhg=h^{\mathsf T}\eta hg=hTηh).

Difficulty

Each identity is elementary on paper, but the index computations are long, and in Lean every derivative carries differentiability side conditions: derivatives of inverse matrices and of determinants, and symmetry of mixed partial derivatives, must be justified from smoothness and invertibility of the tetrad. The goal identity involves second derivatives of the inverse metric and a careful bookkeeping of about a hundred index contractions.

Formalization scope

Spacetime is R4\mathbb R^4R4 as Fin 4 → ℝ with one global chart; partial derivatives are Fréchet derivatives applied to coordinate basis vectors. A tetrad is a family of real functions h a μ, assumed C∞C^\inftyC∞ with invertible matrix at every point (IsTetrad). Inverses are matrix inverses (which would be 000 for singular matrices; the invertibility hypothesis excludes this). The physical constants c,Gc,Gc,G are arbitrary reals. All definitions live in the single definition file of the mission, namespace TeleparallelGravity.

Selected references

  • R. Aldrovandi, J. G. Pereira, K. H. Vu, Selected Topics in Teleparallel Gravity, Braz. J. Phys. 34 (2004) 1374. https://doi.org/10.1590/S0103-97332004000700009
  • D. H. Delphenich (ed., transl.), Selected Papers on Teleparallelism (translations of Einstein, Weitzenböck, Cartan and others, 1928-1935).
  • L. D. Landau, E. M. Lifshitz, The Classical Theory of Fields, 4th ed., Pergamon, 1975 (sign conventions).
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Mathematical Physics·Captain: Lucas

Anderson's boundary-distance estimate for conformally compact metricsResearch Paper

Motivation

The Euclidean version of the AdS/CFT correspondence asks one to sum e−I(g)e^{-I(g)}e−I(g) over all Einstein metrics ggg filling a given conformal boundary. Making that sum meaningful requires knowing which fillings exist, how they degenerate, and what the boundary conformal class controls. A recurring hypothesis in this programme is the sign of the scalar curvature of the boundary metric: Witten (1998) pointed out that the corresponding boundary theory is unstable when that scalar curvature is negative, and Witten–Yau (1999) then proved that positive boundary scalar curvature forces the conformal boundary of a conformally compact Einstein manifold to be connected; Cai–Galloway gave a different proof that also covers the non-negative case.

M. T. Anderson's survey Geometric aspects of the AdS/CFT correspondence (arXiv:hep-th/0403087v2) gives in §4 an elementary proof of a quantitative strengthening: under positive constant boundary scalar curvature RγR_\gammaRγ​, every point of the filling lies within a fixed distance of the boundary, measured in the geodesic compactification. Connectedness of the boundary is then immediate, and the estimate additionally rules out the formation of cusps in families of such metrics. §6 of the same paper proves the Lorentzian mirror image (Proposition 6.3, also obtained independently by Andersson–Galloway): for de Sitter-type space-times with negative boundary scalar curvature, the same computation gives future incompleteness and empty future conformal infinity.

This mission formalizes the argument of §4, together with its §6 counterpart.

Setting

Let MMM be the interior of a compact (n+1)(n+1)(n+1)-manifold with boundary and let ggg be a C3C^3C3 conformally compact metric on MMM: there is a defining function ρ\rhoρ for the boundary such that gˉ=ρ2g\bar g = \rho^2 ggˉ​=ρ2g extends to the compactification. Fix a boundary component ∂0M\partial_0 M∂0​M with induced boundary metric γ\gammaγ and take ρ\rhoρ to be the associated geodesic defining function, so that ρ(x)=dist⁡gˉ(x,∂0M)\rho(x) = \operatorname{dist}_{\bar g}(x, \partial_0 M)ρ(x)=distgˉ​​(x,∂0​M).

Along the gˉ\bar ggˉ​-geodesics normal to ∂0M\partial_0 M∂0​M, write T=∇ˉρT = \bar\nabla \rhoT=∇ˉρ for the unit normal, Dˉ2ρ\bar D^2\rhoDˉ2ρ for the second fundamental form of the level set S(ρ)S(\rho)S(ρ), and H=ΔˉρH = \bar\Delta\rhoH=Δˉρ for its mean curvature. The single scalar that carries the argument is

φ(ρ)  =  −Δˉρρ.\varphi(\rho) \;=\; -\frac{\bar\Delta\rho}{\rho}.φ(ρ)=−ρΔˉρ​.

Under the curvature hypothesis Ricg+ng≥0\mathrm{Ric}_g + n g \ge 0Ricg​+ng≥0 with ∣Ricg+ng∣=o(ρ2)|\mathrm{Ric}_g + ng| = o(\rho^2)∣Ricg​+ng∣=o(ρ2), the Riccati equation along the normal geodesics, the conformal transformation rules, the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality ∣Dˉ2ρ∣2≥(Δˉρ)2/n|\bar D^2\rho|^2 \ge (\bar\Delta\rho)^2/n∣Dˉ2ρ∣2≥(Δˉρ)2/n and the Gauss equation at the boundary combine into two facts about φ\varphiφ:

φ′(ρ)  ≥  ρ φ(ρ)2n,(n−1) φ(0)  =  12Rγ.\varphi'(\rho) \;\ge\; \frac{\rho\,\varphi(\rho)^2}{n}, \qquad (n-1)\,\varphi(0) \;=\; \tfrac12 R_\gamma .φ′(ρ)≥nρφ(ρ)2​,(n−1)φ(0)=21​Rγ​.

In the de Sitter setting of §6 the Raychaudhuri equation replaces the Riccati equation and the first inequality reverses.

Formalization targets

Goal — Theorem 4.1, estimate (4.2)

φ′ ≥ ρφ2n  on [0,L],(n−1)φ(0)=12Rγ, Rγ>0⟹L2  ≤  4n(n−1)Rγ.\varphi'\ \ge\ \frac{\rho\varphi^2}{n} \ \text{ on } [0,L], \quad (n-1)\varphi(0) = \tfrac12 R_\gamma,\ R_\gamma > 0 \quad\Longrightarrow\quad L^2 \;\le\; \frac{4n(n-1)}{R_\gamma}.φ′ ≥ nρφ2​  on [0,L],(n−1)φ(0)=21​Rγ​, Rγ​>0⟹L2≤Rγ​4n(n−1)​.

Here LLL is the length of the parameter interval on which the profile exists; in the geometric reading it is the gˉ\bar ggˉ​-distance from a point of MMM to ∂0M\partial_0 M∂0​M, so the conclusion is exactly ρ2(x)≤4n(n−1)/Rγ\rho^2(x) \le 4n(n-1)/R_\gammaρ2(x)≤4n(n−1)/Rγ​.

Supporting levels

  1. the reduction of the Riccati equation (4.3) together with (4.4)–(4.6) to the focusing inequality (4.7);
  2. the trace Cauchy–Schwarz inequality (tr⁡K)2≤n ∣K∣2(\operatorname{tr} K)^2 \le n\,|K|^2(trK)2≤n∣K∣2 used in that reduction;
  3. the integration step (4.9), L2≤2n/φ(0)L^2 \le 2n/\varphi(0)L2≤2n/φ(0), from a positive initial value;
  4. the initial-value identity (4.8) and the resulting constant 4n(n−1)/Rγ4n(n-1)/R_\gamma4n(n−1)/Rγ​;
  5. the Lorentzian analogue, Proposition 6.3 / estimate (6.16), with ∣Rγ∣|R_\gamma|∣Rγ​∣ in place of RγR_\gammaRγ​.

Significance

The estimate is the quantitative core behind three statements that are used repeatedly in this area: connectedness of the conformal boundary when Rγ>0R_\gamma > 0Rγ​>0 (Witten–Yau), surjectivity of π1(∂M)→π1(M)\pi_1(\partial M) \to \pi_1(M)π1​(∂M)→π1​(M), and the exclusion of cusp degenerations in compactness theorems for the moduli space of asymptotically hyperbolic Einstein metrics — the role of the positive-scalar-curvature condition C0C_0C0​ in Anderson's Theorem 3.1. In the Lorentzian case it gives future incompleteness of every timelike geodesic and I+=∅\mathcal I^+ = \emptysetI+=∅.

What this mission adds is a machine-checked version of the comparison argument that produces the constant. The result is classical and has been proved several times over; none of it is formalized, and the pieces assembled here — a focusing/Riccati comparison lemma producing a sharp interval-length bound from a differential inequality — are reusable in any Bishop–Gromov or Raychaudhuri-style argument.

Difficulty

The analytic step is short but not automatic: from φ′≥ρφ2/n\varphi' \ge \rho\varphi^2/nφ′≥ρφ2/n and φ(0)>0\varphi(0) > 0φ(0)>0 one must first see that φ\varphiφ stays positive, then recognize that −1/φ-1/\varphi−1/φ has derivative at least ρ/n\rho/nρ/n, and only then integrate. The naive route — trying to solve the differential inequality or to apply a Gronwall-type estimate directly — does not produce the constant 2n/φ(0)2n/\varphi(0)2n/φ(0), because the bound comes from the blow-up time of the comparison ODE rather than from a growth estimate. The Lorentzian case is not a formal corollary: the inequality reverses and the initial value changes sign, and the reduction has to be redone or transported through φ↦−φ\varphi \mapsto -\varphiφ↦−φ.

Formalization scope

Mathlib has no Ricci curvature of a Riemannian manifold, so conformally compact Einstein metrics, geodesic compactifications and the Gauss equation are not available as formal objects, and formalizing them is out of scope here. Every statement in this mission is therefore about real functions of the distance parameter ρ\rhoρ, with the Riemannian input carried by explicit hypotheses:

  • FocusingProfileAH n L φ φ' and FocusingProfileDS n L φ φ' say that φ\varphiφ is differentiable at each point of [0,L][0, L][0,L] with derivative φ′\varphi'φ′ and satisfies φ′≥ρφ2/n\varphi' \ge \rho\varphi^2/nφ′≥ρφ2/n, respectively φ′≤−ρφ2/n\varphi' \le -\rho\varphi^2/nφ′≤−ρφ2/n, there;
  • RiccatiData n L bundles the mean curvature HHH, the squared second fundamental form ∣K∣2|K|^2∣K∣2, the energy term (Ricg+ng)(T,T)≥0(\mathrm{Ric}_g + ng)(T,T) \ge 0(Ricg​+ng)(T,T)≥0, and the Riccati equation relating them on (0,L)(0, L)(0,L).

The conclusions bound L2L^2L2, the squared length of the interval on which the profile is assumed to exist. Two conventions are fixed: the dimension nnn is a natural number coerced to a real number, and L=0L = 0L=0 is permitted, in which case the conclusion is trivially true — the substance of each statement lies in L>0L > 0L>0. The hypotheses are satisfiable, so no statement is vacuous; conversely, nobody should read these statements as formalizing the geometric derivation of the focusing inequality, which remains open until Mathlib has the underlying differential geometry.

Contributions that go beyond the listed targets are welcome, in particular: a general focusing/comparison lemma for φ′≥a(ρ)φ2\varphi' \ge a(\rho)\varphi^2φ′≥a(ρ)φ2; the Rγ=0R_\gamma = 0Rγ​=0 case of §4, where the Cheeger–Gromoll splitting theorem gives a rigidity statement instead of a bound; and any development of Riemannian curvature in Lean that would let the geometric hypotheses be discharged rather than assumed.

Selected references

  • M. T. Anderson, Geometric aspects of the AdS/CFT correspondence, AdS/CFT Correspondence: Einstein Metrics and Their Conformal Boundaries, IRMA Lect. Math. Theor. Phys. 8, 2005. arXiv:hep-th/0403087
  • E. Witten, Anti de Sitter space and holography, Adv. Theor. Math. Phys. 2 (1998), 253–291. arXiv:hep-th/9802150
  • E. Witten and S.-T. Yau, Connectedness of the boundary in the AdS/CFT correspondence, Adv. Theor. Math. Phys. 3 (1999), 1635–1655.
  • M. Cai and G. Galloway, Boundaries of zero scalar curvature in the AdS/CFT correspondence, Adv. Theor. Math. Phys. 3 (1999), 1769–1783.
  • L. Andersson and G. Galloway, dS/CFT and spacetime topology, Adv. Theor. Math. Phys. 6 (2003), 307–327.

(The last four entries are cited as references [47], [48], [16] and [11] of Anderson's survey.)

7 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Algebraic TopologyMathematical Physics·Captain: Lucas

Gribov Ambiguity: no continuous gauge fixing (Singer 1978)Research Paper

Motivation

In the Feynman path-integral approach to a non-abelian gauge theory one wants to integrate a gauge-invariant weight over the space A\mathfrak{A}A of vector potentials (connections) of a principal bundle. The integrand is constant on the orbits of the group G\mathcal{G}G of gauge transformations, so the integral over A\mathfrak{A}A diverges and one is supposed to integrate instead over the orbit space R=A/G\mathfrak{R} = \mathfrak{A}/\mathcal{G}R=A/G. The Faddeev–Popov procedure realizes this by fixing a gauge: choosing, continuously in the orbit, exactly one vector potential on each orbit, and correcting by a Jacobian determinant.

V. N. Gribov (SLAC Translation 176, 1977) observed that for SU(2)SU(2)SU(2) potentials on R3\mathbb{R}^3R3 (or R4\mathbb{R}^4R4) with suitable conditions at infinity, the Coulomb gauge condition does not do this: the Coulomb slice through the zero potential meets the orbit of the zero potential again, far from the origin. These extra intersections are the Gribov copies; R. Jackiw, I. Muzinich and C. Rebbi (Phys. Rev. D 17 (1978) 1576) analyzed them in detail.

I. M. Singer, Some Remarks on the Gribov Ambiguity (Commun. Math. Phys. 60 (1978) 7–12), showed that the phenomenon is not a defect of the Coulomb gauge. If the conditions at infinity are those of Gribov — gauge transformations extending to the one-point compactification with value III at infinity, so that the base manifold is M=S3M = S^3M=S3 or M=S4M = S^4M=S4 — then no continuous gauge fixing exists at all, in any gauge. The obstruction is topological: the space of irreducible connections is weakly contractible, while the gauge group is not, and a weakly contractible principal bundle admits no global continuous section.

Setting

Fix N≥2N \ge 2N≥2 and take the structure group SU(N)SU(N)SU(N), the group of N×NN \times NN×N complex matrices UUU with U∗U=IU^\ast U = IU∗U=I and det⁡U=1\det U = 1detU=1, topologized as a subspace of matrices. Let SrS^rSr denote the unit sphere of Rr+1\mathbb{R}^{r+1}Rr+1, with base point mmm the north pole.

For the trivial SU(N)SU(N)SU(N)-bundle over a space MMM, a gauge transformation is a map φ:M→SU(N)\varphi : M \to SU(N)φ:M→SU(N), and the gauge group is

G(M,N)  =  C(M,SU(N)),\mathcal{G}(M,N) \;=\; C\bigl(M, SU(N)\bigr),G(M,N)=C(M,SU(N)),

continuous maps with pointwise multiplication and the compact-open topology. Two subobjects matter. The based gauge group Gm={φ:φ(m)=I}\mathcal{G}_m = \{\varphi : \varphi(m) = I\}Gm​={φ:φ(m)=I} is the subgroup of transformations that are the identity at the base point. The constant transformations with value in the centre ZN={e2πik/NI}Z_N = \{e^{2\pi i k/N} I\}ZN​={e2πik/NI} of SU(N)SU(N)SU(N) form a normal subgroup, and the reduced gauge group is the quotient

G‾(M,N)  =  G(M,N)/ZN\overline{\mathcal{G}}(M,N) \;=\; \mathcal{G}(M,N)/Z_NG​(M,N)=G(M,N)/ZN​

with the quotient topology. The centre acts trivially on vector potentials, so G‾\overline{\mathcal{G}}G​ is the group that acts effectively.

A group GGG acting continuously on a space A\mathfrak{A}A has orbit space A/G\mathfrak{A}/GA/G with the quotient topology, and a gauge fixing is a continuous map s:A/G→As : \mathfrak{A}/G \to \mathfrak{A}s:A/G→A with p∘s=idp \circ s = \mathrm{id}p∘s=id, where p:A→A/Gp : \mathfrak{A} \to \mathfrak{A}/Gp:A→A/G is the projection: a continuous choice of exactly one point on each orbit. The action is principal when it is free and the division map, which sends a pair of points on one orbit to a group element carrying the second to the first, can be chosen continuously; this is the topological content of "ppp is a principal GGG-bundle". The space A\mathfrak{A}A is weakly contractible when it is nonempty and all its homotopy groups vanish.

In the paper, A\mathfrak{A}A is the affine space of connections, R\mathfrak{R}R its set of irreducible members, and Theorems 1 and 2 say exactly that R\mathfrak{R}R is a weakly contractible principal G‾\overline{\mathcal{G}}G​-space.

Formalization targets

Goal — Corollary 4 (no gauge fixing)

For r∈{3,4}r \in \{3,4\}r∈{3,4}, N≥2N \ge 2N≥2, and every weakly contractible principal G‾(Sr,N)\overline{\mathcal{G}}(S^r,N)G​(Sr,N)-space AAA:

∄ s:A/G‾(Sr,N)⟶Acontinuous withp∘s=id.\nexists\, s : A/\overline{\mathcal{G}}(S^r,N) \longrightarrow A \quad\text{continuous with}\quad p \circ s = \mathrm{id}.∄s:A/G​(Sr,N)⟶Acontinuous withp∘s=id.

By Theorems 1 and 2 of the paper the space of irreducible connections over S3S^3S3 or S4S^4S4 is such an AAA, so the goal contains Singer's Corollary 4 for that space; it leaves the analytic construction of the space of connections unfixed, which is what makes it statable today.

Milestone level — Theorem 3

∃ j≥1:πj(G‾(Sr,N))≠0,r∈{3,4}, N≥2.\exists\, j \ge 1: \quad \pi_j\bigl(\overline{\mathcal{G}}(S^r,N)\bigr) \neq 0, \qquad r \in \{3,4\},\ N \ge 2 .∃j≥1:πj​(G​(Sr,N))=0,r∈{3,4}, N≥2.

Milestone level — Theorem 5 and its homotopy inputs

πj(Gm(Sr,N))  ≅  πj+r(SU(N)),π3(SU(N))≅Z,π4(SU(N))=0 (N≥3),π4(SU(2))≅Z/2.\pi_j\bigl(\mathcal{G}_m(S^r,N)\bigr) \;\cong\; \pi_{j+r}\bigl(SU(N)\bigr), \qquad \pi_3(SU(N)) \cong \mathbb{Z}, \qquad \pi_4(SU(N)) = 0 \ (N\ge 3), \qquad \pi_4(SU(2)) \cong \mathbb{Z}/2 .πj​(Gm​(Sr,N))≅πj+r​(SU(N)),π3​(SU(N))≅Z,π4​(SU(N))=0 (N≥3),π4​(SU(2))≅Z/2.

Significance

The result rules out the existence of a global gauge in the topological sense: every gauge condition used in practice is at best a local slice, and the Faddeev–Popov construction has to be read as a local statement, patched with a partition of unity over the orbit space (as the last section of the paper proposes). It is the mathematical reason why the Gribov ambiguity cannot be repaired by a cleverer gauge condition, and it is the origin of the Gribov–Zwanziger restriction of the functional integral to a fundamental domain.

Formalizing it adds a machine-checked version of an argument that is quoted far more often than it is checked, and it forces into Lean a piece of infrastructure that Mathlib currently lacks: homotopy groups of mapping spaces, the long exact sequence of a fibration in the form needed for 0→Gm→G→SU(N)→00 \to \mathcal{G}_m \to \mathcal{G} \to SU(N) \to 00→Gm​→G→SU(N)→0, and the classical computations π3(SU(N))≅Z\pi_3(SU(N)) \cong \mathbb{Z}π3​(SU(N))≅Z, π4(SU(N))=0\pi_4(SU(N)) = 0π4​(SU(N))=0 for N≥3N \ge 3N≥3, π4(SU(2))≅Z/2\pi_4(SU(2)) \cong \mathbb{Z}/2π4​(SU(2))≅Z/2. Singer's results are proved mathematics; none of them is formalized, and Mathlib as of the pinned revision contains homotopy groups as a definition together with their group structure, but essentially no computation of them.

Difficulty

The naive approach to the goal — build a section by hand, or average over the group — fails because G‾\overline{\mathcal{G}}G​ is neither compact nor contractible and the obstruction is global: locally, slices do exist (that is the content of the generalized Coulomb gauge), so no local argument can produce a contradiction. The proof has to convert a section into a homotopy-theoretic statement: a section of a principal bundle trivializes it, exhibiting the group as a retract of the total space, so all homotopy groups of the group would vanish; the work is then to show that some homotopy group of the reduced gauge group does not vanish, which needs the identification of the based gauge group with a mapping space, the exact sequences relating Gm\mathcal{G}_mGm​, G\mathcal{G}G and G‾\overline{\mathcal{G}}G​, and non-trivial homotopy groups of SU(N)SU(N)SU(N) — including π6(S3)≅Z/12\pi_6(S^3) \cong \mathbb{Z}/12π6​(S3)≅Z/12 for the SU(2)SU(2)SU(2) case of Theorem 3.

Formalization scope

The formalization commits to the following conventions, all of them visible in the definitions of this mission.

  • The bundle is the trivial SU(N)SU(N)SU(N)-bundle, so gauge transformations are literally maps M→SU(N)M \to SU(N)M→SU(N). This is the case of Gribov's original setting over S3S^3S3; over S4S^4S4 the paper also treats bundles of nonzero Pontrjagin index, which are out of scope here.
  • Gauge transformations are continuous, not smooth, with the compact-open topology; Singer's Theorem 5 uses smoothing homotopies to pass between the two, and the homotopy-theoretic content is the same.
  • SU(N)SU(N)SU(N) is the special unitary group of complex N×NN \times NN×N matrices, with its subspace topology; SrS^rSr is the unit sphere of Rr+1\mathbb{R}^{r+1}Rr+1 with its subspace topology.
  • Homotopy groups are Mathlib's HomotopyGroup, based at the identity element.
  • The space of connections is not constructed: Mathlib has no space of connections on a principal bundle, and building one is a mission of its own. The goal therefore quantifies over an arbitrary topological space carrying a weakly contractible principal action of the reduced gauge group — exactly the properties Theorems 1 and 2 establish for the irreducible connections.
  • This quantification is not vacuous: such spaces exist (the total space of a universal G‾\overline{\mathcal{G}}G​-bundle is one), so the goal is a genuine non-existence statement and not a statement about an empty class. Conversely it is not trivially true: the hypotheses do not mention any homotopy invariant of the gauge group, and refuting a section requires Theorem 3.
  • The paper's analytic statements — Theorem 1 (openness and density of the irreducible connections, principal bundle structure), Theorem 2 (weak contractibility), Theorem 6 (π1\pi_1π1​ of the irreducible orbit space), Theorem 7 (no flat connection), Theorem 8 (tangency of orbits to the Coulomb slice) and Theorem 9 (the canonical connection and its curvature) — are out of scope until a space of connections exists in Lean. Contributions that build one, in reusable form, are welcome and would let this mission be extended to them.

Selected references

  • V. N. Gribov, Instability of non-abelian gauge theories and impossibility of choice of Coulomb gauge, SLAC Translation 176 (1977); Nucl. Phys. B 139 (1978) 1–19, doi:10.1016/0550-3213(78)90175-X.
  • I. M. Singer, Some Remarks on the Gribov Ambiguity, Commun. Math. Phys. 60 (1978) 7–12, doi:10.1007/BF01609471.
  • R. Jackiw, I. Muzinich, C. Rebbi, Coulomb gauge description of large Yang-Mills fields, Phys. Rev. D 17 (1978) 1576, doi:10.1103/PhysRevD.17.1576.
  • H. Toda, Composition methods in homotopy groups of spheres, Annals of Mathematics Studies 49, Princeton University Press (1962).
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
General RelativityMathematical Physics·Captain: He Wang

Exact Vacuum Atlas III: Matrix Integrating Factors and Local Equivalence of Kerr–Newman Perturbation SystemsResearch Paper

Motivation

Linear perturbations of a rotating, charged black hole are governed, after a mode decomposition, by a coupled first-order system for the linearised Weyl and Maxwell quantities. For the uncharged Kerr solution these equations decouple into the Teukolsky equation, and mode stability was proved by Whiting (1989) through an integral transform. For the charged Kerr–Newman family the Weyl and Maxwell perturbations stay coupled, and no separation of variables was available for decades; Giorgi (2020, arXiv:2002.07228) obtained coupled Teukolsky-type and Regge–Wheeler-type systems but not a separated form. Hintz (2026, arXiv:2609.33661) found a matrix integrating factor that removes the same-chirality coefficient A from the first-order derivatives and makes the remaining coefficient matrix split into a radial and an angular part; from this he derives separation of variables and mode stability for subextremal Kerr–Newman black holes. The algebraic core of that derivation is a chain of explicit, local, coordinate-level transformations between first-order systems on the exterior region. This mission formalises that chain.

Prior formalised material on this platform: the Boyer–Lindquist Kerr vacuum certificate and the Exact Vacuum Atlas I/II coordinate certificates and transports (same author, same environment). None of them touch perturbation theory; this mission starts a new, independent layer and does not depend on them.

Setting

Fix subextremal Kerr–Newman parameters M>0M>0M>0, a∈Ra\in\mathbb Ra∈R, Q≠0Q\neq 0Q=0 with a2+Q2<M2a^2+Q^2<M^2a2+Q2<M2 (Lean: Hintz2026.SubextremalKN). Put Δ(r)=r2−2Mr+a2+Q2\Delta(r)=r^2-2Mr+a^2+Q^2Δ(r)=r2−2Mr+a2+Q2, r+=M+M2−a2−Q2r_+=M+\sqrt{M^2-a^2-Q^2}r+​=M+M2−a2−Q2​, and work on the open set

U={(r,θ)∈R2: r>r+, 0<θ<π}U=\{(r,\theta)\in\mathbb R^2:\ r>r_+,\ 0<\theta<\pi\}U={(r,θ)∈R2: r>r+​, 0<θ<π}

(Lean: U p, with x 0 = r, x 1 = θ). Write ρˉ=r+iacos⁡θ\bar\rho=r+ia\cos\thetaρˉ​=r+iacosθ, ρˉ∗=r−iacos⁡θ\bar\rho^*=r-ia\cos\thetaρˉ​∗=r−iacosθ. Fix a frequency ω∈R\omega\in\mathbb Rω∈R and an azimuthal number mmm (kept real in Lean; integrality is not used by any statement here), and put K=−(r2+a2)ω+amK=-(r^2+a^2)\omega+amK=−(r2+a2)ω+am, Q^=−aωsin⁡θ+m/sin⁡θ\hat Q=-a\omega\sin\theta+m/\sin\thetaQ^​=−aωsinθ+m/sinθ.

The first-order operators of the Newman–Penrose formalism in these coordinates are, for a label jjj,

Dj=∂r+iKΔ+jΔ′Δ,Lj=∂θ+Q^+jcot⁡θ,\mathcal D_j=\partial_r+\tfrac{iK}{\Delta}+j\tfrac{\Delta'}{\Delta},\qquad \mathcal L_j=\partial_\theta+\hat Q+j\cot\theta,Dj​=∂r​+ΔiK​+jΔΔ′​,Lj​=∂θ​+Q^​+jcotθ,

with daggers Dj†,Lj†\mathcal D_j^\dagger,\mathcal L_j^\daggerDj†​,Lj†​ obtained by K↦−KK\mapsto -KK↦−K, Q^↦−Q^\hat Q\mapsto-\hat QQ^​↦−Q^​. Partial derivatives are coordinate-slice derivatives (Lean: cpd), and all fields are complex-valued functions on R2\mathbb R^2R2 that are C∞C^\inftyC∞ on UUU.

System (1) (positive spin) is the system (1a)–(1d) of Hintz for the four rescaled mode quantities (ψ2,ψ1,k,s)(\psi_2,\psi_1,k,s)(ψ2​,ψ1​,k,s); the negative-spin system is obtained from it by the replacement rules stated in the paper (Lean: res1a–res1d, res1aN–res1dN, each the difference "left side minus right side"). The chiral variables (3) are

y±(+)=Δ5/4sin⁡θ(ψ2±iΔ−1/2ψ1−2Q(k±iΔ−1/2s)),y±(−)=Δ−3/4sin⁡θ(ψ−2∓iΔ1/2ψ−12Q(n∓iΔ1/2ℓ)).y_\pm^{(+)}=\Delta^{5/4}\sqrt{\sin\theta}\begin{pmatrix}\psi_2\pm i\Delta^{-1/2}\psi_1\\ -2Q(k\pm i\Delta^{-1/2}s)\end{pmatrix},\qquad y_\pm^{(-)}=\Delta^{-3/4}\sqrt{\sin\theta}\begin{pmatrix}\psi_{-2}\mp i\Delta^{1/2}\psi_{-1}\\ 2Q(n\mp i\Delta^{1/2}\ell)\end{pmatrix}.y±(+)​=Δ5/4sinθ​(ψ2​±iΔ−1/2ψ1​−2Q(k±iΔ−1/2s)​),y±(−)​=Δ−3/4sinθ​(ψ−2​∓iΔ1/2ψ−1​2Q(n∓iΔ1/2ℓ)​).

System (4) is (Δ ∂r∓i∂θ∓A)y±=(c(ς)I∓B(ς))y∓(\sqrt\Delta\,\partial_r\mp i\partial_\theta\mp A)y_\pm=(c^{(\varsigma)}I\mp B^{(\varsigma)})y_\mp(Δ​∂r​∓i∂θ​∓A)y±​=(c(ς)I∓B(ς))y∓​ with the explicit 2×22\times22×2 matrices AAA, B(ς)B^{(\varsigma)}B(ς) and scalar c(ς)c^{(\varsigma)}c(ς) of the paper (Lean: A, Bmat, cscalar; ς=±1\varsigma=\pm1ς=±1 is the spin label). The integrating factor is the matrix X(r,θ)X(r,\theta)X(r,θ) of equation (5), with det⁡X=Q2−M2\det X=Q^2-M^2detX=Q2−M2, and system (7) is

(Δ ∂r−i∂θ)z+=C z−,(Δ ∂r+i∂θ)z−=adj⁡(C) z+,(\sqrt\Delta\,\partial_r-i\partial_\theta)z_+=C\,z_-,\qquad(\sqrt\Delta\,\partial_r+i\partial_\theta)z_-=\operatorname{adj}(C)\,z_+,(Δ​∂r​−i∂θ​)z+​=Cz−​,(Δ​∂r​+i∂θ​)z−​=adj(C)z+​,

for z+=adj⁡(X)y+z_+=\operatorname{adj}(X)y_+z+​=adj(X)y+​, z−=X∗y−z_-=X^*y_-z−​=X∗y−​ and C=det⁡X⋅X−1(cI−B)(X∗)−1C=\det X\cdot X^{-1}(cI-B)(X^*)^{-1}C=detX⋅X−1(cI−B)(X∗)−1. The paper's separation statement is that C=R(r)+iΘ(θ)C=R(r)+i\Theta(\theta)C=R(r)+iΘ(θ) with four explicit coefficient functions R0,R1,Θ0,Θ1R_0,R_1,\Theta_0,\Theta_1R0​,R1​,Θ0​,Θ1​.

Formalization targets

Goal — local equivalence of the original and the transformed systems

for all C∞ fields and all x∈U:(1) holds at x  ⟺  (7) holds at x for (z+,z−)=T(ψ),\text{for all }C^\infty\text{ fields and all }x\in U:\qquad \text{(1) holds at }x\iff\text{(7) holds at }x\text{ for }(z_+,z_-)=T(\psi),for all C∞ fields and all x∈U:(1) holds at x⟺(7) holds at x for (z+​,z−​)=T(ψ),

for both spins (Lean: Hintz2026.main_pos, Hintz2026.main_neg, with the on-UUU forms main_pos_on_U, main_neg_on_U). The composite transformation is explicitly invertible on UUU: first recover y+=(Q2−M2)−1Xz+y_+=(Q^2-M^2)^{-1}Xz_+y+​=(Q2−M2)−1Xz+​ and y−=(X∗)−1z−y_-=(X^*)^{-1}z_-y−​=(X∗)−1z−​, then apply the inverse chiral map invPos or invNeg. The goal leaves the frequency and azimuthal parameters free, assumes nothing beyond subextremality and C∞C^\inftyC∞ regularity on UUU, and does not assert anything at the horizon or at infinity.

Milestones

  1. The matrix integrating factor: (Δ∂r−i∂θ)X=AX(\sqrt\Delta\partial_r-i\partial_\theta)X=AX(Δ​∂r​−i∂θ​)X=AX and the companion equation for (X∗)−1(X^*)^{-1}(X∗)−1 (Dminus_X_eq_AX, Dplus_XstarInv_eq).
  2. Residual identities and solution correspondence for the integrating factor (Dm_Xv_sub_AXv, Dp_Yv_add_AYv, Dm_zero_iff_Xv_residual_zero_on_U, …).
  3. The coefficient separation C=R(r)+iΘ(θ)C=R(r)+i\Theta(\theta)C=R(r)+iΘ(θ) verified entrywise against the paper's four coefficients (Cmat_eq_Csep), and adj⁡C=RT−iΘ\operatorname{adj}C=R^{\mathsf T}-i\ThetaadjC=RT−iΘ.
  4. Local equivalence (4) ⟺ (7) for arbitrary C∞C^\inftyC∞ fields (system4_iff_system7).
  5. The eight chiralisation identities expressing the residuals of (4) for the chiral variables as an explicit invertible combination of the residuals of (1), for both spins (ident_*, identN_*), and the equivalence (1) ⟺ (4) (sys1_iff_sys4_pos, sys1_iff_sys4_neg).

Significance

The chain (1)→(4)→(7) is the step on which the rest of Hintz's argument rests: once CCC is known to separate, the angular operator can be diagonalised and the radial problem reduces to a scalar second-order equation, which is where the mode-stability argument lives. The transformations are algebraic but far from trivial to check by hand — each entry of CCC is a rational-trigonometric expression in rrr, θ\thetaθ, ω\omegaω, mmm and the three parameters, and the cancellation of all mixed (r,θ)(r,\theta)(r,θ) terms is the content of the separation claim.

Everything in this mission is already proved in the paper. What the mission adds is a machine-checked verification of the explicit coefficient data and of the transformation identities for arbitrary C∞C^\inftyC∞ fields, with the regularity and domain hypotheses made explicit. All targets listed here already carry accepted proofs on this platform; the mission records them as a public, reviewable dependency tree. Not formalised here: the derivation of (1) from the Einstein–Maxwell equations, the angular eigenvalue problem, the radial reduction, the Whiting-type transform, and mode stability itself.

Difficulty

The naive approach — substituting the chiral variables into (4) and comparing with (1) term by term — produces hundreds of rational terms with half-integer powers of Δ\DeltaΔ and of sin⁡θ\sin\thetasinθ. The first-order terms match by construction; the difficulty is that the zeroth-order terms only match after using Δ 2=Δ\sqrt\Delta^{\,2}=\DeltaΔ​2=Δ, cos⁡2θ=1−sin⁡2θ\cos^2\theta=1-\sin^2\thetacos2θ=1−sin2θ and the specific values of AAA, BBB, ccc. A second trap is in the negative-spin system: the replacement rules put sign changes inside the operators, and an identity proved for a "simplified" version of the rules would be an identity about a different system. The formalisation keeps the rules literally and derives linearity separately.

Formalization scope

Coordinates are R2\mathbb R^2R2 with x 0=rx\,0=rx0=r, x 1=θx\,1=\thetax1=θ; no manifold, tetrad or spacetime object is defined. Derivatives are coordinate-slice derivatives (deriv along one coordinate), and the final unknown-field interfaces use ContDiffOn ℝ ∞ _ (U p); auxiliary statements may require only coordinate-slice differentiability, and explicit coefficient statements retain the stronger analytic order ω. Real exponents Δ5/4\Delta^{5/4}Δ5/4, Δ−3/4\Delta^{-3/4}Δ−3/4 are Real.rpow;  \sqrt{\ } ​ is Real.sqrt. All coefficient matrices are explicit Matrix (Fin 2) (Fin 2) ℂ; the separated form R+iΘR+i\ThetaR+iΘ is an independent explicit definition, not derived from CCC, so Cmat_eq_Csep is a genuine check. The spin label is a real parameter ς\varsigmaς in the definitions of BBB and ccc; the two spins are the instances ς=±1\varsigma=\pm1ς=±1, each proved separately with its own chiral variables.

Nothing here is vacuous: the systems are Props about arbitrary fields, the residuals are explicit, and the domain UUU is nonempty and open. A reader can check that the Lean definitions reproduce the paper's formulas from the transcript of the paper's equations included with the source.

Reusable beyond this mission: the slice-derivative calculus (cpd, Dm, Dp, product and sum rules), the integrating-factor layer (X, A, invertibility, residual identities) and the prefactor calculus for Δqsin⁡θ\Delta^{q}\sqrt{\sin\theta}Δqsinθ​.

Selected references

  • P. Hintz, Perturbations of Kerr–Newman black holes: separation and mode stability, arXiv:2609.33661 (2026). https://arxiv.org/abs/2609.33661
  • E. Giorgi, Electromagnetic-gravitational perturbations of Kerr–Newman spacetime: the Teukolsky and Regge–Wheeler equations, arXiv:2002.07228 (2020). https://arxiv.org/abs/2002.07228
  • B. F. Whiting, Mode stability of the Kerr black hole, J. Math. Phys. 30 (1989) 1301–1305. https://doi.org/10.1063/1.528308
  • T. Adamo, E. T. Newman, The Kerr–Newman metric: a review, Scholarpedia 9 (2014), arXiv:1410.6626. https://arxiv.org/abs/1410.6626
75 thms1 active userReviewed
🏆Completed
General RelativityMathematical Physics·Captain: He Wang

Exact Vacuum Atlas II: Certified Coordinate Transport and New Schwarzschild ChartsResearch Paper

Motivation

A metric tensor is a coordinate-free object, but every concrete exact solution of Einstein's vacuum equations is written down in coordinates, and the same spacetime appears in the literature in many charts: Schwarzschild in standard, Eddington–Finkelstein, Painlevé–Gullstrand and isotropic coordinates, Kerr in Boyer–Lindquist and ingoing form, and so on. Checking that a chart is a vacuum solution means computing the Ricci tensor of its metric components; checking that two charts describe the same solution means exhibiting a coordinate change and verifying that the metric components pull back. Release I of the Exact Vacuum Atlas (a separate, earlier mission) certified seven such charts (Minkowski ×2, Schwarzschild ×3, Kerr ×2) together with four coordinate relations.

Release II adds the missing method: a proof that the coordinate Ricci tensor used throughout the Atlas transforms as a tensor under any smooth coordinate change, so that a vacuum certificate can be transported along a coordinate relation instead of being recomputed. It then uses this to certify new Schwarzschild charts (Painlevé–Gullstrand, both signs; isotropic, both radial branches, in spherical and Cartesian form) and to give the Painlevé–Gullstrand certificate two distinct proof routes with an audited separation of their specified dependencies; they still share definitions, data and Mathlib.

Setting

All objects are coordinate-level data on open subsets of Rn\mathbb R^nRn (n=4n = 4n=4 in every application): a metric is a matrix gij(x)g_{ij}(x)gij​(x) of real functions, a candidate inverse g^ij(x)\hat g^{ij}(x)g^​ij(x) is another such matrix, and the coordinate Ricci tensor Ric(g,g^)ij\mathrm{Ric}(g,\hat g)_{ij}Ric(g,g^​)ij​ is defined by the usual Christoffel formulas from partial derivatives of slices (definition bundle Atlas_Core_Basic of release I). A vacuum certificate for (g,g^)(g,\hat g)(g,g^​) on an open set UUU records eight obligations: UUU open and nonempty, ggg symmetric, g^ g=I\hat g\,g = Ig^​g=I on UUU, ggg and g^\hat gg^​ of class C∞C^\inftyC∞ on UUU, an explicit Lorentz frame EEE with ETgE=ηE^{\mathsf T} g E = \etaETgE=η (signature (−,+,+,+)(-,+,+,+)(−,+,+,+)), and all sixteen Ricci components zero on UUU. A coordinate relation records a smooth bijection Φ:U→V\Phi : U \to VΦ:U→V with inverse Ψ\PsiΨ, a Jacobian matrix JJJ whose entries are genuine derivatives, and the pull-back identity JT (h∘Φ) J=gJ^{\mathsf T}\,(h\circ\Phi)\,J = gJT(h∘Φ)J=g on UUU. Mathlib provides real analysis, matrices and multivariable calculus. In the pinned Mathlib revision 0df444a360eaa60ab8c11dca51a86af692955474, the project did not find the complete indefinite-metric connection and Ricci definitions required by this development. The registered B3 coordinate definitions supplement that fixed version; this is not a claim about all current or future versions of Mathlib.

Formalization targets

Goal (ExactVacuumAtlas.Release02.ricci_law)

For any dimension nnn, open sets U,VU, VU,V, a smooth map Φ:U→V\Phi : U \to VΦ:U→V with a genuine Jacobian JJJ and a right inverse KKK (JK=IJK = IJK=I on UUU), and regular metric data (h,h^)(h,\hat h)(h,h^) on VVV (symmetric, genuinely invertible, C∞C^\inftyC∞; no curvature condition), if g=JT(h∘Φ)Jg = J^{\mathsf T}(h\circ\Phi)Jg=JT(h∘Φ)J and g^=K(h^∘Φ)KT\hat g = K(\hat h\circ\Phi)K^{\mathsf T}g^​=K(h^∘Φ)KT on UUU then

Ric(g,g^)ij(y)  =  ∑a,bJ(y)ai J(y)bj  Ric(h,h^)ab(Φ(y))(y∈U).\mathrm{Ric}(g,\hat g)_{ij}(y) \;=\; \sum_{a,b} J(y)_{a i}\,J(y)_{b j}\;\mathrm{Ric}(h,\hat h)_{ab}(\Phi(y)) \qquad (y \in U).Ric(g,g^​)ij​(y)=a,b∑​J(y)ai​J(y)bj​Ric(h,h^)ab​(Φ(y))(y∈U).

The proof goes through the Christoffel transformation with its second-derivative term K ∂iJK\,\partial_i JK∂i​J (the Christoffel symbols are not a tensor), the tensoriality of the matrix curvature Fcd=∂cΓd−∂dΓc+[Γc,Γd]F_{cd} = \partial_c\Gamma_d - \partial_d\Gamma_c + [\Gamma_c,\Gamma_d]Fcd​=∂c​Γd​−∂d​Γc​+[Γc​,Γd​] (the K∂JK\partial JK∂J and ∂K\partial K∂K terms cancel), and the contraction to the Ricci tensor. The final Ricci theorem does not assume the Ricci transformation law. The intermediate curvature lemma has an explicit connection-transformation premise, which the proved Christoffel transformation discharges in the metric application. The registered Ricci tensor is not redefined.

Milestones (each a theorem item; the Goal and the definitions are never milestones)

  1. certificate_transport — a vacuum certificate on VVV, a coordinate relation U→VU \to VU→V, the explicit conditions that UUU is open and nonempty, a right inverse of the genuine Jacobian on UUU, and any genuine left inverse g^\hat gg^​ of ggg yield a vacuum certificate on UUU (all eight obligations, 4D).
  2. pg_route_direct — Painlevé–Gullstrand metric −dT2+(dr+ε2M/r dT)2+r2dΩ2-dT^2 + (dr + \varepsilon\sqrt{2M/r}\,dT)^2 + r^2 d\Omega^2−dT2+(dr+ε2M/r​dT)2+r2dΩ2, M≥0M \ge 0M≥0, ε2=1\varepsilon^2 = 1ε2=1, certified on {r>0, 0<θ<π}\{r > 0,\ 0 < \theta < \pi\}{r>0, 0<θ<π} (regular-coordinate points with r=2Mr=2Mr=2M included when M>0M>0M>0; no global event-horizon statement) by direct computation (release-II sprint 01).
  3. pg_route_transport — the same statement, proved a second time by transporting the Eddington–Finkelstein certificate of release I along the PG↔EF relation. The independence of this route is a constant-level dependency-closure audit (no PG table, PG certificate or PG root is reached), not a conjunction of two proofs.
  4. control_direct, control_transport, control_witness — a non-vacuum control family: the cylinder metric pulled back by β↦β+λsin⁡α\beta \mapsto \beta + \lambda\sin\alphaβ↦β+λsinα (non-affine for λ≠0\lambda\ne0λ=0, and the identity for λ=0\lambda=0λ=0); the sixteen Ricci components (R22=1+λ2c2s2R_{22} = 1 + \lambda^2 c^2 s^2R22​=1+λ2c2s2, R23=R32=λcs2R_{23} = R_{32} = \lambda c s^2R23​=R32​=λcs2, R33=s2R_{33} = s^2R33​=s2, rest 000; c=cos⁡αc = \cos\alphac=cosα, s=sin⁡αs = \sin\alphas=sinα) are proved twice (tables, and the transformation law from the release-I cylinder values), with the nonzero witness R23(0,1,π/4,0)=2/4R_{23}(0,1,\pi/4,0) = \sqrt2/4R23​(0,1,π/4,0)=2​/4 at λ=1\lambda = 1λ=1.
  5. isotropic_branches — the two radial relations r=ρ(1+M2ρ)2r = \rho(1 + \frac{M}{2\rho})^2r=ρ(1+2ρM​)2 between the isotropic chart and the standard chart: outer branch ρ>M/2\rho > M/2ρ>M/2 (M≥0M \ge 0M≥0) and inner branch 0<ρ<M/20 < \rho < M/20<ρ<M/2 (M>0M > 0M>0), both onto r>2Mr > 2Mr>2M.
  6. isotropic_main — isotropic Schwarzschild −A2dt2+B4(dρ2+ρ2dΩ2)-A^2dt^2 + B^4(d\rho^2 + \rho^2 d\Omega^2)−A2dt2+B4(dρ2+ρ2dΩ2), B=1+M2ρB = 1 + \frac{M}{2\rho}B=1+2ρM​, A=(1−M2ρ)/BA = (1 - \frac{M}{2\rho})/BA=(1−2ρM​)/B, certified for every M≥0M \ge 0M≥0 on {ρ>0, ρ≠M/2, 0<θ<π}\{\rho > 0,\ \rho \ne M/2,\ 0 < \theta < \pi\}{ρ>0, ρ=M/2, 0<θ<π} (both branches transported from the standard certificate and glued; M=0M = 0M=0 is Minkowski).
  7. isotropic_sph_cart_relation — the spherical ↔ Cartesian isotropic chart relation on the slit chart (−π<φ<π-\pi < \varphi < \pi−π<φ<π on the spherical side and rxy+x>0r_{xy}+x>0rxy​+x>0 on the Cartesian side), with ρ>0\rho>0ρ>0 and ρ≠M/2\rho\ne M/2ρ=M/2 on both sides and 0<θ<π0<\theta<\pi0<θ<π on the spherical side, for every real MMM. This is a relation of the specified coordinate data; the vacuum certificates below are restricted to M≥0M\ge0M≥0.
  8. isotropic_cartesian — the Cartesian isotropic certificate −A(ρ)2dt2+B(ρ)4(dx2+dy2+dz2)-A(\rho)^2dt^2 + B(\rho)^4(dx^2+dy^2+dz^2)−A(ρ)2dt2+B(ρ)4(dx2+dy2+dz2) for every M≥0M \ge 0M≥0 on the natural domain {ρ>0, ρ≠M/2}\{\rho > 0,\ \rho \ne M/2\}{ρ>0, ρ=M/2} (no axis or slit cut: the slit certificate is transported along the reflection x↦−xx \mapsto -xx↦−x and the relabelling (x,y,z)↦(y,z,x)(x,y,z)\mapsto(y,z,x)(x,y,z)↦(y,z,x) and the three domains are glued).
  9. pg_main, pg_coverage, pg_std_restricted — the sprint-01 PG roots: both signs; M=0M = 0M=0 and the regular data at r=2Mr = 2Mr=2M for M>0M>0M>0; the PG↔EF relation on the whole domain and the composite standard → EF → PG relation on r≠2Mr \ne 2Mr=2M only.

Significance

The transformation law is the reusable link between a full certificate in one coordinate representation and a certificate in another. Transport also discharges the required source-domain, inverse-matrix, regularity and Lorentz-signature obligations; a bare table of zero Ricci components alone is not treated as a full certificate.

Difficulty

The law is a long but elementary computation (second derivatives of the Jacobian, Cramer's rule for the smoothness of the inverse Jacobian, symmetry of mixed partials, index bookkeeping over Fin n); the isotropic charts need genuine inverse functions with square roots, arccos and a half-angle arctan, with smoothness and bijectivity on explicit open domains. Nothing is stated at the manifold level.

Formalization scope

Coordinate-level statements on open subsets of R4\mathbb R^4R4 (the law itself on Rn\mathbb R^nRn). Not claimed: an identification with a Mathlib manifold Ricci tensor in the pinned development; any global, event-horizon or maximal-extension theorem; PG or isotropic vacuum certificates for negative mass; certification of ρ=M/2\rho=M/2ρ=M/2 (for M>0M>0M>0 this is the excluded degenerate isotropic sphere, while for M=0M=0M=0 it is the excluded origin); that the union of the two isotropic branches is a single bijection; that the inner branch is the interior r<2Mr < 2Mr<2M.

Selected references

Müller, T., Grave, F.: Catalogue of Spacetimes, arXiv:0904.4184v3 (§2.2.3 isotropic, PG); Martel, K., Poisson, E.: Regular coordinate systems for Schwarzschild and other spherical spacetimes, arXiv:gr-qc/0001069; Carroll, S.: Lecture Notes on General Relativity, arXiv:gr-qc/9712019 (§3, transformation of the connection and curvature); release I of the Exact Vacuum Atlas (platform mission on this site).

Source and licence

New material of release II is released under Apache-2.0; the Kerr, release-I and third-party sources keep their recorded origins and licences. A public Git repository is not yet available: every node's source field cites the local release-candidate commit 11fb317259353b71a41d6daed466c495cffd7db4 with file, line range and SHA-256 of the staged file. Environment: Lean v4.33.1, Mathlib 0df444a360eaa60ab8c11dca51a86af692955474. Local audits: no sorry, no native_decide; axiom closure ⊆ {propext, Classical.choice, Quot.sound}.

中文摘要

  1. 坐标 Ricci 变换律(Goal)。 对任意维 n、任意光滑坐标变换(真实 Jacobian J,显式右逆 K)与任意对称、真实可逆、 C^∞ 的旧度规(不要求真空),R'_{ij}(y) = Σ_{ab} J_{ai} J_{bj} R_{ab}(Φ y)。证明经 Christoffel 变换(含二阶导数项 K ∂J)、 矩阵曲率张量性、收缩。最终 Ricci 定理不把待证变换律作为假设;中间联络变换前提由已证明的定理提供;ricciOf 定义未改。
  2. 证书传递。 旧证书 + 第一版 CoordRelation + 源域开且非空 + Jacobian 的显式右逆 + 新度规的真实左逆 ⇒ 新证书(八项逐字段),四维。
  3. PG 直接路线。 M ≥ 0、ε² = 1,整个 {r > 0, 0 < θ < π}(M > 0 时包含域内 r = 2M 的正则坐标点),第一阶段表格直接计算。
  4. PG 传递路线。 同一陈述的第二个证明:EF 证书沿 PG↔EF 关系传递;独立性由常量级依赖闭包审计给出(不触及 PG 表/证书/根),不是 P ∧ P。
  5. 非真空对照(两路线 + 见证)。 圆柱度规经剪切(λ ≠ 0 时非仿射,λ = 0 时为恒等映射) β ↦ β + λ sin α 拉回;16 个 Ricci 分量由表与变换律各证一次: R₂₂ = 1+λ²c²s²、R₂₃ = R₃₂ = λcs²、R₃₃ = s²、其余 0;λ = 1 时 R₂₃(0,1,π/4,0) = √2/4 ≠ 0;λ = 0 为恒等映射。
  6. isotropic 两支径向关系。 外支 ρ > M/2(M ≥ 0)、内支 0 < ρ < M/2(M > 0),都映到 r > 2M;互逆、真实 Jacobian、拉回均已证。
  7. isotropic 球坐标完整证书。 所有 M ≥ 0,域 ρ > 0, ρ ≠ M/2, 0 < θ < π;两支分别由标准证书传递后并域;M = 0 为 Minkowski。
  8. 球 ↔ Cartesian 关系(slit 图)。 两侧均要求 ρ > 0, ρ ≠ M/2;球坐标另有 0 < θ < π, −π < φ < π,Cartesian 一侧另有 r_xy + x > 0;fromCart 用 arccos 与半角 arctan;对所有实 M 成立(不推出负质量真空证书)。
  9. isotropic Cartesian 自然域证书。 所有 M ≥ 0,域 ρ > 0, ρ ≠ M/2,无极轴/切口限制:slit 证书经反射与循环重标传递并并域。
  10. PG 阶段根(覆盖与关系)。 M = 0 特例,以及 M > 0 时 r = 2M 正则坐标点的覆盖;PG↔EF 在整个域的双向关系;正向为 standard → EF → PG 的合成关系只在 domStd(r ≠ 2M),单独标示。

不声称:流形/全局事件视界/最大延拓;PG或isotropic的负质量真空证书;在ρ = M/2处的证书(M>0为排除的退化球面,M=0为排除的原点);ricciOf 等于 Mathlib 流形 Ricci;两支并域是一个双射;内支是 r < 2M。

170 thms1 active userReviewed
🏆Completed
General RelativityMathematical Physics·Captain: He Wang

Exact Vacuum Atlas I: Four-Dimensional Vacuum Metrics in Multiple Coordinate SystemsResearch Paper

Motivation

Exact vacuum solutions of Einstein's equations are the reference objects of classical general relativity: Minkowski space (flat spacetime), the Schwarzschild solution (1916, static spherically symmetric vacuum) and the Kerr solution (1963, stationary axisymmetric vacuum) are the metrics against which every statement about gravitational fields, black holes and gravitational waves is calibrated. Each of them is written in several coordinate systems, and the catalogue literature (Müller–Grave, Catalogue of Spacetimes, arXiv:0904.4184; Visser, The Kerr spacetime: a brief introduction, arXiv:0706.0622) lists these forms side by side. The verification that a given coordinate expression is Ricci-flat, and that two expressions of the same solution are related by an explicit coordinate change, is routinely delegated to computer algebra and is almost never printed.

Timeline: Schwarzschild (1916) found the static solution; Eddington (1924) and Finkelstein (1958) gave the coordinates regular across r=2Mr=2Mr=2M; Kerr (1963) found the rotating solution in the ingoing form used here; Boyer and Lindquist (1967) introduced the coordinates of the standard form. A previous Prove2Me mission (Kerr Vacuum Solution Verification in Boyer–Lindquist Coordinates, root KerrBL.vacuum_Kerr, 21 theorems, all Proved) established the coordinate Ricci-flatness of the Boyer–Lindquist form; this mission reuses two of its published theorems and two of its definition bundles unchanged (the remaining nodes stay their platform-side dependencies).

Setting

A coordinate point is x=(x0,x1,x2,x3)∈R4x=(x_0,x_1,x_2,x_3)\in\mathbb R^4x=(x0​,x1​,x2​,x3​)∈R4 (in Lean, a function {0,1,2,3}→R\{0,1,2,3\}\to\mathbb R{0,1,2,3}→R). A coordinate metric is a 4×44\times44×4 matrix g=(gij)g=(g_{ij})g=(gij​) of real functions of xxx; a candidate inverse g^\hat gg^​ is another such matrix. The slice derivative ∂if(x)\partial_i f(x)∂i​f(x) is the derivative of u↦f(x[xi:=u])u\mapsto f(x[x_i:=u])u↦f(x[xi​:=u]) at u=xiu=x_iu=xi​; on the open domains used here every slice is C∞C^\inftyC∞, so ∂i\partial_i∂i​ is the genuine derivative. With

Γbca=12∑kg^ak(∂cgkb+∂bgkc−∂kgbc),Rbd=∑i(∂iΓbdi−∂dΓbii+∑j(ΓijiΓbdj−ΓdjiΓbij))\Gamma^a_{bc}=\tfrac12\sum_k\hat g^{ak}\big(\partial_c g_{kb}+\partial_b g_{kc}-\partial_k g_{bc}\big),\qquad R_{bd}=\sum_i\Big(\partial_i\Gamma^i_{bd}-\partial_d\Gamma^i_{bi}+\sum_j\big(\Gamma^i_{ij}\Gamma^j_{bd}-\Gamma^i_{dj}\Gamma^j_{bi}\big)\Big)Γbca​=21​k∑​g^​ak(∂c​gkb​+∂b​gkc​−∂k​gbc​),Rbd​=i∑​(∂i​Γbdi​−∂d​Γbii​+j∑​(Γiji​Γbdj​−Γdji​Γbij​))

(definition bundle Atlas_Core_Basic), the vacuum certificate VacuumCertificate(g,g^,U)\mathrm{VacuumCertificate}(g,\hat g,U)VacuumCertificate(g,g^​,U) for a set U⊆R4U\subseteq\mathbb R^4U⊆R4 asserts: UUU is open and nonempty; ggg is symmetric on UUU; g^ g=I\hat g\,g=Ig^​g=I on UUU; all components of ggg and g^\hat gg^​ are C∞C^\inftyC∞ on UUU; at every point of UUU there is an invertible matrix EEE with ETgE=diag(−1,1,1,1)E^{\mathsf T}gE=\mathrm{diag}(-1,1,1,1)ETgE=diag(−1,1,1,1) (Lorentzian signature, bridged to Mathlib's signature (3,1)(3,1)(3,1) of the quadratic form); and every component RbdR_{bd}Rbd​ vanishes on UUU. A coordinate relation CoordRelation(g1,g2,U,V,Φ,Ψ,J)\mathrm{CoordRelation}(g_1,g_2,U,V,\Phi,\Psi,J)CoordRelation(g1​,g2​,U,V,Φ,Ψ,J) asserts: Ψ∘Φ=id\Psi\circ\Phi=\mathrm{id}Ψ∘Φ=id on UUU, Φ∘Ψ=id\Phi\circ\Psi=\mathrm{id}Φ∘Ψ=id on VVV, Φ\PhiΦ maps UUU bijectively onto VVV, Φ\PhiΦ is C∞C^\inftyC∞ on UUU and Ψ\PsiΨ on VVV, every entry Jki(x)J_{ki}(x)Jki​(x) is the genuine derivative of the slice u↦Φ(x[xi:=u])ku\mapsto\Phi(x[x_i:=u])_ku↦Φ(x[xi​:=u])k​, and JT(g2∘Φ)J=g1J^{\mathsf T}(g_2\circ\Phi)J=g_1JT(g2​∘Φ)J=g1​ on UUU. Units G=c=1G=c=1G=c=1, signature (−,+,+,+)(-,+,+,+)(−,+,+,+), Σ=r2+a2cos⁡2θ\Sigma=r^2+a^2\cos^2\thetaΣ=r2+a2cos2θ, Δ=r2−2Mr+a2\Delta=r^2-2Mr+a^2Δ=r2−2Mr+a2.

These definitions form the registered local definition layer of the project: the pinned Mathlib has no Lorentzian metric, Levi-Civita connection or Ricci tensor, so they are supplied as reviewed coordinate-level definitions on top of Mathlib's deriv, ContDiffOn, Matrix and quadratic-form signature.

Formalization targets

Goal (ExactVacuumAtlas.Release01.main)

Cert(gMinkcart,R4)∧Cert(gMinksph,{r>0,0<θ<π})∧∀M Cert(gSchwstd(M),{r>0,r≠2M,0<θ<π})∧∀M Cert(gSchwin(M),{r>0,0<θ<π})∧∀M Cert(gSchwout(M),{r>0,0<θ<π})∧∀M,a Cert(gKerrBL(M,a),{Σ≠0,Δ≠0,sin⁡θ≠0})∧∀M,a Cert(gKerrin(M,a),{Σ≠0,sin⁡θ≠0})∧R1∧R2∧R3∧R4,\begin{aligned} &\mathrm{Cert}(g^{\rm cart}_{\rm Mink},\mathbb R^4)\wedge\mathrm{Cert}(g^{\rm sph}_{\rm Mink},\{r>0,0<\theta<\pi\}) \wedge\forall M\,\mathrm{Cert}(g^{\rm std}_{\rm Schw}(M),\{r>0,r\neq2M,0<\theta<\pi\})\\ &\wedge\forall M\,\mathrm{Cert}(g^{\rm in}_{\rm Schw}(M),\{r>0,0<\theta<\pi\}) \wedge\forall M\,\mathrm{Cert}(g^{\rm out}_{\rm Schw}(M),\{r>0,0<\theta<\pi\})\\ &\wedge\forall M,a\,\mathrm{Cert}(g^{\rm BL}_{\rm Kerr}(M,a),\{\Sigma\neq0,\Delta\neq0,\sin\theta\neq0\}) \wedge\forall M,a\,\mathrm{Cert}(g^{\rm in}_{\rm Kerr}(M,a),\{\Sigma\neq0,\sin\theta\neq0\})\\ &\wedge\mathrm{R1}\wedge\mathrm{R2}\wedge\mathrm{R3}\wedge\mathrm{R4}, \end{aligned}​Cert(gMinkcart​,R4)∧Cert(gMinksph​,{r>0,0<θ<π})∧∀MCert(gSchwstd​(M),{r>0,r=2M,0<θ<π})∧∀MCert(gSchwin​(M),{r>0,0<θ<π})∧∀MCert(gSchwout​(M),{r>0,0<θ<π})∧∀M,aCert(gKerrBL​(M,a),{Σ=0,Δ=0,sinθ=0})∧∀M,aCert(gKerrin​(M,a),{Σ=0,sinθ=0})∧R1∧R2∧R3∧R4,​

where Cert(g,U)\mathrm{Cert}(g,U)Cert(g,U) is VacuumCertificate(g,g^,U)\mathrm{VacuumCertificate}(g,\hat g,U)VacuumCertificate(g,g^​,U) with the explicit candidate inverse g^\hat gg^​ of each row, and R1–R4 are coordinate relations with explicit maps: R1/R2 standard Schwarzschild to ingoing/outgoing Eddington–Finkelstein on {r>0,r≠2M,0<θ<π}\{r>0,r\neq2M,0<\theta<\pi\}{r>0,r=2M,0<θ<π} with v=t+r+2Mlog⁡∣r−2M∣v=t+r+2M\log\lvert r-2M\rvertv=t+r+2Mlog∣r−2M∣, resp. u=t−r−2Mlog⁡∣r−2M∣u=t-r-2M\log\lvert r-2M\rvertu=t−r−2Mlog∣r−2M∣ (Jacobian determinant 111; the logarithm is Mathlib's Real.log, for which log⁡x=log⁡∣x∣\log x=\log\lvert x\rvertlogx=log∣x∣ when x≠0x\neq0x=0, so one formula covers both sides of r=2Mr=2Mr=2M); R3 Boyer–Lindquist to ingoing Kerr on {Σ≠0,Δ≠0,sin⁡θ≠0}\{\Sigma\neq0,\Delta\neq0,\sin\theta\neq0\}{Σ=0,Δ=0,sinθ=0} with (t,r,θ,φ)↦(t+r+H1(r),r,θ,−φ−H2(r))(t,r,\theta,\varphi)\mapsto(t+r+H_1(r),r,\theta,-\varphi-H_2(r))(t,r,θ,φ)↦(t+r+H1​(r),r,θ,−φ−H2​(r)), H1′=2Mr/ΔH_1'=2Mr/\DeltaH1′​=2Mr/Δ, H2′=a/ΔH_2'=a/\DeltaH2′​=a/Δ, explicit H1,H2H_1,H_2H1​,H2​ for all real M,aM,aM,a (three branches of M2−a2M^2-a^2M2−a2; Jacobian determinant −1-1−1); R4 spherical chart {r>0,0<θ<π,0<φ<2π}\{r>0,0<\theta<\pi,0<\varphi<2\pi\}{r>0,0<θ<π,0<φ<2π} to R4∖{y=0,x≥0}\mathbb R^4\setminus\{y=0,x\ge0\}R4∖{y=0,x≥0} with the usual map (Jacobian determinant r2sin⁡θr^2\sin\thetar2sinθ).

Coverage (ExactVacuumAtlas.Release01.coverage)

For M>0M>0M>0 the EF domain contains a point with r=2Mr=2Mr=2M; for a2<M2a^2<M^2a2<M2 the Boyer–Lindquist domain contains a point with Δ<0\Delta<0Δ<0; for 0<M0<M0<M, a2≤M2a^2\le M^2a2≤M2 the ingoing Kerr domain contains a point with Δ=0\Delta=0Δ=0; at these points all Ricci components vanish. The certified domains are therefore not narrowed to an exterior region.

Signature bridge (ExactVacuumAtlas.sigPos_sigNeg_four)

A Lorentzian 4×44\times44×4 matrix in the frame sense has Mathlib signature sigPos=3\mathrm{sigPos}=3sigPos=3, sigNeg=1\mathrm{sigNeg}=1sigNeg=1.

Significance

The result gives machine-checked coordinate Ricci-flatness for the seven standard forms of the three basic vacuum solutions, on explicit open domains whose conditions do not exclude the interior region of Schwarzschild (0<r<2M0<r<2M0<r<2M for M>0M>0M>0), either sign of Δ\DeltaΔ or negative rrr for Kerr, the regular-coordinate portion of r=2Mr=2Mr=2M with 0<θ<π0<\theta<\pi0<θ<π (EF, M>0M>0M>0), or the points with Δ=0\Delta=0Δ=0 at which Σ≠0\Sigma\neq0Σ=0 and sin⁡θ≠0\sin\theta\neq0sinθ=0 (ingoing Kerr); which of these sets are nonempty depends on the parameters, and the coverage theorem gives sufficient conditions. The Lorentzian signature is verified pointwise. The four coordinate relations are proved as explicit maps with explicit inverses and Jacobians, not as abstract existence statements.

Status: every item of the mission has a kernel-checked proof in the project (axioms propext, Classical.choice, Quot.sound only; no sorry, no native_decide); nothing is open. The mission publishes a finished formalization. What it does not contain: any statement about manifolds, atlases, event horizons, maximal extensions, causal structure or global geometry; any classification claim about four-dimensional vacuum metrics; any coordinate-covariance theorem for the coordinate Ricci tensor; any relation between it and a Mathlib manifold Ricci tensor (which does not exist in the pinned Mathlib). The catalogue is a finite list of seven coordinate representations of three solutions.

Difficulty

The obvious route, a general tensor-calculus library (connection, curvature, pull-back functoriality) over Mathlib manifolds, is unavailable: the pinned Mathlib has no indefinite-metric connection or curvature. Each coordinate representation has a complete formal certificate. The development combines direct coordinate calculations with formally proved parameter specialisations and equality-based reuse: the Cartesian Minkowski, Eddington–Finkelstein and ingoing Kerr rows are verified by direct coordinate calculations; the Boyer–Lindquist row reuses the published KerrBL.ricci_flat_Kerr and KerrBL.ginv_mul_g_Kerr; the standard Schwarzschild row takes its Ricci-flatness from the Boyer–Lindquist result at a=0a=0a=0, and the spherical Minkowski row is transported from the standard Schwarzschild certificate at M=0M=0M=0, in both cases through proved componentwise equalities of the metric data on the common domain. No coordinate-covariance theorem is used or claimed. The ingoing Kerr row is the hard case: the metric is non-diagonal (the radial coordinate vector is null, grr=0g_{rr}=0grr​=0, while for a≠0a\neq0a=0 the covector dvdvdv is not null, since gvv=a2sin⁡2θ/Σg^{vv}=a^2\sin^2\theta/\Sigmagvv=a2sin2θ/Σ), the Ricci components are rational functions whose vanishing holds only modulo sin⁡2θ+cos⁡2θ=1\sin^2\theta+\cos^2\theta=1sin2θ+cos2θ=1, and every derivative must be a genuine derivative, never a default value of deriv. For R3 the antiderivative of 1/Δ1/\Delta1/Δ has three different closed forms depending on the sign of M2−a2M^2-a^2M2−a2, all covered without restricting the parameters.

Formalization scope

Lean representation: coordinate metrics on R4\mathbb R^4R4 as above; ContDiffOn ℝ ∞; Matrix (Fin 4) (Fin 4) ℝ; Mathlib sigPos/sigNeg for the signature bridge. Conventions committed: G=c=1G=c=1G=c=1, (−,+,+,+)(-,+,+,+)(−,+,+,+), coordinate order (t ∣ v ∣ u, r, θ, φ)(t\,|\,v\,|\,u,\ r,\ \theta,\ \varphi)(t∣v∣u, r, θ, φ), EF matrix entry gvr=1g_{vr}=1gvr​=1 (from 2 dv dr2\,dv\,dr2dvdr), ingoing Kerr entries read off with the half-Hessian convention from Visser eq. (E:K1), φ∈R\varphi\in\mathbb Rφ∈R (no 2π2\pi2π identification). No trivialising formalization: every domain is proved nonempty with explicit witnesses; the candidate inverse is verified, never assumed; the Ricci tensor is built from the metric data, not hypothesised.

Reusable infrastructure: the core bundles (Atlas_Core_Basic, Atlas_Core_Certificate, Atlas_Core_Relation), the diagonal-frame criterion isLorentzian_of_diag, the signature bridge sigPos_sigNeg_of_isLorentzian, and the closed-form tables. Welcome contributions (not part of this release): Painlevé–Gullstrand, isotropic, Kruskal–Szekeres, Kerr–Schild and Doran forms; Kasner, pp-waves, Taub–NUT; a coordinate-covariance theorem for the coordinate Ricci tensor.

Selected references

  • T. Müller, F. Grave, Catalogue of Spacetimes, arXiv:0904.4184v3 (2010). https://arxiv.org/abs/0904.4184
  • M. Visser, The Kerr spacetime: a brief introduction, arXiv:0706.0622 (2007). https://arxiv.org/abs/0706.0622
  • R. P. Kerr, Gravitational field of a spinning mass as an example of algebraically special metrics, Phys. Rev. Lett. 11 (1963) 237. https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevLett.11.237
  • R. H. Boyer, R. W. Lindquist, Maximal analytic extension of the Kerr metric, J. Math. Phys. 8 (1967) 265. https://doi.org/10.1063/1.1705193
  • R. M. Wald, General Relativity, University of Chicago Press (1984), eqs. (3.1.30), (3.4.4)–(3.4.5) (cited for the conventions; not independently re-checked by the reviewer).
90 thms1 active userReviewed
Functional AnalysisOptimal TransportProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Bakry–Émery Curvature-Dimension Condition and Riemannian Ricci Curvature Bounds 4: A Riemannian Energy Measure Space Satisfying BE(K,∞) Is an RCD(K,∞) SpaceResearch Paper

Why relate heat flow and curvature?

Heat flow gives an analytic way to describe how functions spread on a space. Optimal transport gives a metric way to describe how probability measures move on the same space. On a smooth Riemannian manifold, a lower Ricci curvature bound constrains both motions. The problem addressed by Ambrosio, Gigli and Savaré is to identify the corresponding relationship when the underlying space need not be a manifold. A Dirichlet form can specify a heat flow even when there are no smooth coordinates, while a Wasserstein distance can measure transport between probability measures. Theorem 4.17 connects these two descriptions for Riemannian energy measure spaces.

The paper proves the implication from the Bakry–Émery condition BE(K,∞)BE(K,\infty)BE(K,∞) to the Riemannian curvature-dimension condition RCD(K,∞)RCD(K,\infty)RCD(K,∞). Its printed theorem is an equivalence; the paper cites the reverse implication from earlier work in the proof on p. 58. This mission targets the implication established here, with the source's exact assumptions.

Setting

Let XXX be a complete, separable metric space with a Borel measure mmm. A Dirichlet form E\mathcal EE assigns a nonnegative energy to square-integrable functions, is quadratic and lower semicontinuous, and decreases under normal contractions. Its associated heat flow PtP_tPt​ evolves a function over time. The associated carré du champ Γ(f)\Gamma(f)Γ(f) measures the energy density of a function. Functions with energy density at most one define an intrinsic distance

dE(x,y)=sup⁡{∣ψ(y)−ψ(x)∣:ψ is continuous and Γ(ψ)≤1 m-a.e.}.d_{\mathcal E}(x,y)=\sup\{|\psi(y)-\psi(x)|:\psi\text{ is continuous and }\Gamma(\psi)\le1\ m\text{-a.e.}\}.dE​(x,y)=sup{∣ψ(y)−ψ(x)∣:ψ is continuous and Γ(ψ)≤1 m-a.e.}.

For the Riemannian energy measure space in this mission, this intrinsic distance is the metric of XXX. The structure also requires the paper's upper regularity and continuous-representative properties. The growth condition (MD.exp)(MD.exp)(MD.exp) controls the measure of large balls. In the BE(K,∞)BE(K,\infty)BE(K,∞) condition, a weak second-derivative inequality for the heat flow has curvature parameter KKK and no finite-dimensional correction term. These assumptions are stated at the start of §4 and govern the §4 milestones even when an individual theorem does not repeat them. See Definitions 3.6 and 3.16 and the opening of §4.

Write P2(X)\mathcal P_2(X)P2​(X) for the probability measures with finite second moment, W2W_2W2​ for their quadratic Wasserstein distance, and Ent⁡m(ρ)\operatorname{Ent}_m(\rho)Entm​(ρ) for entropy relative to mmm. The heat flow has a dual action HtH_tHt​ on measures. The target RCD(K,∞)RCD(K,\infty)RCD(K,∞) asks for a curve HtρH_t\rhoHt​ρ from every ρ∈P2(X)\rho\in\mathcal P_2(X)ρ∈P2​(X) that satisfies the following evolution variational inequality against every ν∈P2(X)\nu\in\mathcal P_2(X)ν∈P2​(X) of finite entropy, at every t>0t>0t>0:

d+dtW22(Htρ,ν)2+K2W22(Htρ,ν)+Ent⁡m(Htρ)≤Ent⁡m(ν).\frac{d^+}{dt}\frac{W_2^2(H_t\rho,\nu)}2 +\frac K2W_2^2(H_t\rho,\nu) +\operatorname{Ent}_m(H_t\rho) \le\operatorname{Ent}_m(\nu).dtd+​2W22​(Ht​ρ,ν)​+2K​W22​(Ht​ρ,ν)+Entm​(Ht​ρ)≤Entm​(ν).

The definition also includes full support, local finiteness, the exponential growth condition, and the length-space property. See Definition 3.1.

Formalization targets

The goal is the forward implication of Theorem 4.17:

Riemannian energy measure space+(MD.exp)+BE(K,∞)⟹RCD(K,∞).\text{Riemannian energy measure space}+(MD.exp)+BE(K,\infty) \quad\Longrightarrow\quad RCD(K,\infty).Riemannian energy measure space+(MD.exp)+BE(K,∞)⟹RCD(K,∞).

Three milestones supply central results from the paper. The final assertions of Theorem 3.17 give the dual measure flow and its absolute continuity after positive time. Corollary 3.18 identifies BE(K,∞)BE(K,\infty)BE(K,∞) with the W2W_2W2​ contraction W2((Ptf)m,(Ptg)m)≤e−KtW2(fm,gm)W_2((P_t f)m,(P_t g)m)\le e^{-Kt}W_2(fm,gm)W2​((Pt​f)m,(Pt​g)m)≤e−KtW2​(fm,gm) on probability densities. A companion item, Theorem 4.8, gives an entropy bound for HtμH_t\muHt​μ when μ\muμ has finite second moment:

Ent⁡m(Htμ)≤r2+∫Xd2(x,x0) dμ(x)2I2K(t)−log⁡m(Br(x0)),r,t>0.\operatorname{Ent}_m(H_t\mu) \le\frac{r^2+\int_X d^2(x,x_0)\,d\mu(x)}{2I_{2K}(t)} -\log m(B_r(x_0)),\qquad r,t>0.Entm​(Ht​μ)≤2I2K​(t)r2+∫X​d2(x,x0​)dμ(x)​−logm(Br​(x0​)),r,t>0.

The third milestone, Theorem 4.16, bounds the distance and entropy at the heat-evolved endpoint of a regular curve ρs\rho_sρs​:

W22(ρ0,Htρ1)+2tEnt⁡m(Htρ1)≤RK(t)2∫01∣ρ˙s∣2 ds+2tEnt⁡m(ρ0),RK(t)=t/IK(t).W_2^2(\rho_0,H_t\rho_1)+2t\operatorname{Ent}_m(H_t\rho_1) \le R_K(t)^2\int_0^1|\dot\rho_s|^2\,ds +2t\operatorname{Ent}_m(\rho_0),\qquad R_K(t)=t/I_K(t).W22​(ρ0​,Ht​ρ1​)+2tEntm​(Ht​ρ1​)≤RK​(t)2∫01​∣ρ˙​s​∣2ds+2tEntm​(ρ0​),RK​(t)=t/IK​(t).

The milestone list follows the source labels and constants in §4.

What the result provides

The conclusion turns an analytic curvature bound on a heat semigroup into a transport statement about entropy on probability measures. It therefore identifies a concrete set of Dirichlet-form hypotheses under which the heat evolution has the metric behavior demanded by RCD(K,∞)RCD(K,\infty)RCD(K,∞). The result applies in the paper's metric measure setting, where the space may lack a smooth tensor calculus. The RCDRCDRCD conclusion carries convergence from every initial measure in P2(X)\mathcal P_2(X)P2​(X) and the inequality for all finite-entropy comparison measures.

The mathematical implication is proved in the cited paper. The proposed Lean statements are open proof targets: their declarations compile with placeholders, and no machine-checked proof of this implication is asserted here. A complete development would connect Dirichlet-form calculus, probability measures, entropy, and Wasserstein geometry in reusable interfaces. The dual-flow and regular-curve definitions are especially useful beyond this theorem.

Main difficulty

The heat flow is initially specified on square-integrable functions, whereas the target is an inequality for probability measures, including measures without an initial density. A bound on Γ(Ptf)\Gamma(P_t f)Γ(Pt​f) by itself controls functions almost everywhere; it does not immediately produce the pointwise dual flow or the right derivative of W22W_2^2W22​ required by Definition 3.1. The action estimate also begins with regular curves, while the target quantifies over every initial measure in P2(X)\mathcal P_2(X)P2​(X). These changes of domain and regularity are the central mathematical obstacles; simply renaming the heat semigroup as a measure flow leaves the target unjustified.

Formalization scope

Lean uses real-valued function representatives for L2(X,m)L^2(X,m)L2(X,m), with almost-everywhere congruence in the Dirichlet form and heat flow. Measures use the Borel sigma algebra. The source uses its mmm-completion; the formalization treats quantities invariant under mmm-almost-everywhere equality, and this convention is explicit in the definition layer. The metric is complete and second countable, and its equality with dEd_{\mathcal E}dE​ is part of the energy-measure-space predicate. A sigma-finiteness instance is carried where entropy or measure operations need it; it follows from the source's measure-growth setting. The dual flow and the L1L^1L1 extension are bound by predicates that specify their action on densities. The mollifier for a regular curve is bound by the conditions of (2.17), while the action is the infimum of squared admissible speeds, which equals the integral of the squared metric derivative.

Wasserstein costs use R≥0∪{∞}\mathbb R_{\ge0}\cup\{\infty\}R≥0​∪{∞}, and entropy uses extended real values. Theorem 4.8 restricts r,tr,tr,t to positive numbers, so the ball mass and I2K(t)I_{2K}(t)I2K​(t) used in its formula have the intended domain. Theorem 4.16 also uses t>0t>0t>0, making RK(t)=t/IK(t)R_K(t)=t/I_K(t)RK​(t)=t/IK​(t) meaningful, including at K=0K=0K=0. The goal requires an EVI flow beginning at each ρ∈P2(X)\rho\in\mathcal P_2(X)ρ∈P2​(X) and the inequality at every positive time; allowing a vacuous flow or checking only almost every time would not express Definition 3.1. Contributions may establish the milestone statements and the companion Theorem 4.8, develop the omitted intermediate estimates from §4, or prove the goal from the source's full argument.

Selected references

  • L. Ambrosio, N. Gigli and G. Savaré, Bakry–Émery curvature-dimension condition and Riemannian Ricci curvature bounds, Annals of Probability 43(1), 2015, 339–404. arXiv:1209.5786v4.
7 thms1 active userReviewed
AnalysisFunctional AnalysisProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Bakry–Émery Curvature-Dimension Condition and Riemannian Ricci Curvature Bounds 2: The Dirichlet Form of an Energy Measure Space Is Twice the Cheeger Energy Iff It Is Upper-RegularResearch Paper

Motivation

There are two standard ways to do analysis on a non-smooth space. The first starts from an energy: a Dirichlet form E\mathcal EE on L2(X,m)L^2(X,m)L2(X,m), its heat semigroup and its carré du champ Γ\GammaΓ. This is the setting of Bakry–Émery Γ\GammaΓ-calculus and of the curvature-dimension condition BE(K,N)BE(K,N)BE(K,N). The second starts from a metric measure space (X,d,m)(X,d,m)(X,d,m): slopes of Lipschitz functions, the Cheeger energy, Wasserstein distances, and the synthetic Ricci bounds CD(K,∞)\mathrm{CD}(K,\infty)CD(K,∞) and RCD(K,∞)\mathrm{RCD}(K,\infty)RCD(K,∞) of Lott–Villani and Sturm.

Moving between the two requires a dictionary. A Dirichlet form defines a distance, the intrinsic distance dEd_{\mathcal E}dE​ (Biroli–Mosco, Sturm). That distance defines a Cheeger energy. The question is whether the energy rebuilt from dEd_{\mathcal E}dE​ is the energy we started from. Ambrosio, Gigli and Savaré answer this in §3.3 of their paper on the Bakry–Émery condition and Riemannian Ricci bounds (arXiv:1209.5786, Ann. Probab. 2015). Their answer is the identification used in the main theorem of the paper, BE(K,∞)⇒RCD(K,∞)BE(K,\infty)\Rightarrow\mathrm{RCD}(K,\infty)BE(K,∞)⇒RCD(K,∞).

Timeline:

  • 1991–1995: Biroli–Mosco and Sturm introduce the intrinsic distance of a strongly local regular Dirichlet form on a locally compact space and prove its length property there ([50, 52] of the paper).
  • 1999: Cheeger defines the energy that now bears his name (GAFA 9).
  • 2014: Ambrosio–Gigli–Savaré identify the minimal weak gradient with Cheeger's relaxed gradient on general metric measure spaces and introduce RCD(K,∞)\mathrm{RCD}(K,\infty)RCD(K,∞) (Invent. Math. 195; Duke 163).
  • 2015: the present paper sets up Energy measure spaces on Polish spaces, without local compactness, and proves Theorems 3.9–3.14.

Setting

Let XXX be a set with a σ-additive measure mmm. A Dirichlet form is a lower semicontinuous quadratic form E:L2(X,m)→[0,∞]\mathcal E:L^2(X,m)\to[0,\infty]E:L2(X,m)→[0,∞] with E(η∘f)≤E(f)\mathcal E(\eta\circ f)\le\mathcal E(f)E(η∘f)≤E(f) for every 1-Lipschitz η\etaη with η(0)=0\eta(0)=0η(0)=0, and with dense domain V={E<∞}\mathbb V=\{\mathcal E<\infty\}V={E<∞}. It is strongly local when E(f,g)=0\mathcal E(f,g)=0E(f,g)=0 whenever (f+a)g=0(f+a)g=0(f+a)g=0 a.e. for a constant aaa. A function f∈Vf\in\mathbb Vf∈V belongs to G\mathbb GG, with carré du champ Γ(f)∈L+1\Gamma(f)\in L^1_+Γ(f)∈L+1​, if E(f,fφ)−12E(f2,φ)=∫Γ(f)φ dm\mathcal E(f,f\varphi)-\frac12\mathcal E(f^2,\varphi)=\int\Gamma(f)\varphi\,dmE(f,fφ)−21​E(f2,φ)=∫Γ(f)φdm for all bounded φ∈V\varphi\in\mathbb Vφ∈V.

Let LC\mathbb L_CLC​ be the set of continuous ψ∈G\psi\in\mathbb Gψ∈G with Γ(ψ)≤1\Gamma(\psi)\le1Γ(ψ)≤1 a.e. The intrinsic distance is

dE(x,y)=sup⁡ψ∈LC∣ψ(y)−ψ(x)∣.d_{\mathcal E}(x,y)=\sup_{\psi\in\mathbb L_C}|\psi(y)-\psi(x)|.dE​(x,y)=ψ∈LC​sup​∣ψ(y)−ψ(x)∣.

An Energy measure space (X,τ,m,E)(X,\tau,m,\mathcal E)(X,τ,m,E) (Definition 3.6) is a strongly local Dirichlet form on a Polish space with a fully supported Borel measure such that dEd_{\mathcal E}dE​ is a finite complete distance inducing τ\tauτ, and a continuous θ≥0\theta\ge0θ≥0 has its truncations Sk∘θS_k\circ\thetaSk​∘θ in L\mathbb LL.

On the metric side, ∣Df∣(x)=lim sup⁡y→x∣f(y)−f(x)∣/d(y,x)|Df|(x)=\limsup_{y\to x}|f(y)-f(x)|/d(y,x)∣Df∣(x)=limsupy→x​∣f(y)−f(x)∣/d(y,x) is the slope, and the Cheeger energy is

Ch(f)=inf⁡{lim inf⁡n12∫∣Dfn∣2 dm: fn∈Lipb(X), fn→f in L2}.\mathrm{Ch}(f)=\inf\Big\{\liminf_n\tfrac12\int|Df_n|^2\,dm:\ f_n\in\mathrm{Lip}_b(X),\ f_n\to f\text{ in }L^2\Big\}.Ch(f)=inf{nliminf​21​∫∣Dfn​∣2dm: fn​∈Lipb​(X), fn​→f in L2}.

Condition (MD) asks that (X,d)(X,d)(X,d) be complete and separable, supp⁡m=X\operatorname{supp}m=Xsuppm=X, and balls have finite measure. Condition (ED) asks that every ψ∈LC\psi\in\mathbb L_Cψ∈LC​ be 1-Lipschitz for ddd (ED.a), and that every Lipschitz ψ\psiψ with ∣Dψ∣≤1|D\psi|\le1∣Dψ∣≤1 and bounded support lie in LC\mathbb L_CLC​ (ED.b). E\mathcal EE is upper-regular (Definition 3.13) if every fff in a dense subset of V\mathbb VV is an L2L^2L2 limit of bounded continuous fn∈Gf_n\in\mathbb Gfn​∈G with bounded upper semicontinuous gn≥Γ(fn)g_n\ge\sqrt{\Gamma(f_n)}gn​≥Γ(fn​)​ and lim sup⁡n∫gn2≤E(f)\limsup_n\int g_n^2\le\mathcal E(f)limsupn​∫gn2​≤E(f).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.14

For an Energy measure space,

E(f)=2 Ch(f)∀f∈L2(X,m)⟺E is upper-regular,\mathcal E(f)=2\,\mathrm{Ch}(f)\quad\forall f\in L^2(X,m)\qquad\Longleftrightarrow\qquad\mathcal E\text{ is upper-regular},E(f)=2Ch(f)∀f∈L2(X,m)⟺E is upper-regular,

and in this case G=V\mathbb G=\mathbb VG=V.

Milestones

  • Theorem 3.9: an Energy measure space satisfies (MD) and (ED) for dEd_{\mathcal E}dE​; conversely, a distance with (MD) and (ED) makes the structure an Energy measure space and equals dEd_{\mathcal E}dE​.
  • Theorem 3.10: (X,dE)(X,d_{\mathcal E})(X,dE​) is a length space.
  • Proposition 3.11: if f∈G∩Cbf\in\mathbb G\cap C_bf∈G∩Cb​ and Γ(f)≤ζ2\Gamma(f)\le\zeta^2Γ(f)≤ζ2 with ζ\zetaζ bounded upper semicontinuous, then fff is Lipschitz and ∣D∗f∣≤ζ|D^*f|\le\zeta∣D∗f∣≤ζ.
  • Theorem 3.12: under (MD), (ED.b) holds iff every Lipschitz fff of bounded support has ∣Df∣2≥Γ(f)|Df|^2\ge\Gamma(f)∣Df∣2≥Γ(f); then 2Ch≥E2\mathrm{Ch}\ge\mathcal E2Ch≥E and ∣Dg∣w2≥Γ(g)|Dg|_w^2\ge\Gamma(g)∣Dg∣w2​≥Γ(g).
  • The remaining assertions of Theorem 3.14: Γ(f)=∣Df∣w2\Gamma(f)=|Df|_w^2Γ(f)=∣Df∣w2​ (3.41), density of V∩Lipb\mathbb V\cap\mathrm{Lip}_bV∩Lipb​ in V\mathbb VV, and mass preservation of (Pt)(P_t)(Pt​) under (MD.exp).

Significance

The identification E=2Ch\mathcal E=2\mathrm{Ch}E=2Ch lets every metric notion be applied to an energy structure. Once it holds, the Wasserstein gradient flow of the entropy, the EVIK\mathrm{EVI}_KEVIK​ formulation and RCD(K,∞)\mathrm{RCD}(K,\infty)RCD(K,∞) all make sense for the energy. That is the route by which the paper proves that BE(K,∞)BE(K,\infty)BE(K,∞) on a Riemannian Energy measure space implies RCD(K,∞)\mathrm{RCD}(K,\infty)RCD(K,∞), the converse of the earlier RCD⇒BE\mathrm{RCD}\Rightarrow BERCD⇒BE result. Theorem 3.12 gives the one-sided inequality 2Ch≥E2\mathrm{Ch}\ge\mathcal E2Ch≥E under the single condition (ED.b), and (3.41) says the energy density is the squared minimal weak gradient. Mass preservation is a standing hypothesis of several other results of the paper, and here it comes for free.

All of these results are proved in the paper, partly by citation: the mass-preservation clause rests on [6, Theorem 4.20], and the length property uses a midpoint criterion from Burago–Burago–Ivanov. None of them has a machine-checked proof. Mathlib has no Dirichlet forms, no Cheeger energy and no theory of length spaces built from curve length. This mission produces precise Lean statements of the paper's identification theorem and of the lemmas its proof uses, so that the metric–energy dictionary can be built up and proved one piece at a time.

Difficulty

The inequality 2Ch≥E2\mathrm{Ch}\ge\mathcal E2Ch≥E is the easy direction once (3.32) is available. Proving (3.32) means bounding the energy density of the Hopf–Lax inf-convolution QtfQ_tfQt​f pointwise by D+(x,t)2/t2D^+(x,t)^2/t^2D+(x,t)2/t2. Only finite minima over a countable dense set lie in V\mathbb VV, so the bound has to pass to the limit through the lower semicontinuity (2.10) of Γ\sqrt\GammaΓ​.

The reverse inequality needs the opposite move: from an mmm-a.e. bound Γ(f)≤ζ2\Gamma(f)\le\zeta^2Γ(f)≤ζ2 to a pointwise bound on the metric slope at every point. That step is Proposition 3.11. It needs ζ\zetaζ to be upper semicontinuous and dEd_{\mathcal E}dE​ to be a length distance. Without upper semicontinuity, an a.e. bound says nothing about the slope at a given point. The obvious idea, testing E\mathcal EE against the Lipschitz functions given by (ED.b), produces only lower bounds on E\mathcal EE and cannot give 2Ch≤E2\mathrm{Ch}\le\mathcal E2Ch≤E. That is why upper regularity is the exact condition. The length property (Theorem 3.10) is itself proved by contradiction from a Lipschitz test function built from two disjoint balls. On a space that is not locally compact, this needs a completeness argument rather than Hopf–Rinow.

Formalization scope

Representation. Elements of L2(X,m)L^2(X,m)L2(X,m) are functions X→RX\to\mathbb RX→R. E\mathcal EE is ∞\infty∞ off L2L^2L2, and every predicate is invariant under mmm-a.e. equality. The σ-algebra is Borel (BorelSpace), standing in for its mmm-completion. The topology τ\tauτ is the topology of the metric of XXX, and condition (b) of Definition 3.6 says that this metric equals dEd_{\mathcal E}dE​. Completeness and separability are typeclass binders. The carré du champ is a predicate on a density, never a chosen function. Slopes, dEd_{\mathcal E}dE​, Ch\mathrm{Ch}Ch and curve lengths take values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. The curve length is the total variation, which agrees with ∫∣γ˙∣\int|\dot\gamma|∫∣γ˙​∣. The truncation profile SSS of (3.27) is a parameter with the properties the paper fixes. "Dense in V\mathbb VV" means dense for the norm (∥f∥22+E(f))1/2(\|f\|_2^2+\mathcal E(f))^{1/2}(∥f∥22​+E(f))1/2. The minimal weak gradient is required to be nonnegative, which makes its two characterizing conditions determine it. Mass preservation is stated on L1∩L2L^1\cap L^2L1∩L2, with Ptf∈L1P_tf\in L^1Pt​f∈L1 part of the conclusion. In Theorem 3.9 the printed "distance on X×XX\times XX×X" is read as a distance on XXX.

Ruling out trivializations. The Cheeger energy is defined from slopes of bounded Lipschitz functions and never through E\mathcal EE. Upper regularity is Definition 3.13 with a dense approximating set, not the identity E=2Ch\mathcal E=2\mathrm{Ch}E=2Ch.

Infrastructure. A complete development needs carré du champ calculus for strongly local forms (chain rule, (2.9), (2.10)), the Hopf–Lax semigroup on metric spaces, relaxation and minimal weak gradients, and the midpoint characterization of length spaces. Mathlib has none of these, and all of them can be reused beyond this mission. Contributions of any of these pieces, and proofs of individual milestones, are welcome.

Selected references

  • L. Ambrosio, N. Gigli, G. Savaré, Bakry–Émery curvature-dimension condition and Riemannian Ricci curvature bounds, Ann. Probab. 43(1), 339–404, 2015. https://arxiv.org/abs/1209.5786 (v4 cited)
  • L. Ambrosio, N. Gigli, G. Savaré, Calculus and heat flow in metric measure spaces and applications to spaces with Ricci bounds from below, Invent. Math. 195, 289–391, 2014. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00222-013-0456-1
  • L. Ambrosio, N. Gigli, G. Savaré, Metric measure spaces with Riemannian Ricci curvature bounded from below, Duke Math. J. 163, 1405–1490, 2014. https://doi.org/10.1215/00127094-2681605
  • J. Cheeger, Differentiability of Lipschitz functions on metric measure spaces, Geom. Funct. Anal. 9, 428–517, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1007/s000390050094
  • K.-T. Sturm, Analysis on local Dirichlet spaces I. Recurrence, conservativeness and L^p-Liouville properties, J. Reine Angew. Math. 456, 173–196, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1515/crll.1994.456.173
  • N. Bouleau, F. Hirsch, Dirichlet Forms and Analysis on Wiener Space, de Gruyter, 1991. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110858389
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Functional AnalysisOptimal TransportProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Bakry–Émery Curvature-Dimension Condition and Riemannian Ricci Curvature Bounds 6: BE(K,N) on Riemannian Energy Measure Spaces Is Stable Under Sturm–Gromov–Hausdorff ConvergenceResearch Paper

Motivation

Curvature bounds on a smooth Riemannian manifold control diffusion and the behavior of probability measures. Metric measure spaces extend these questions to limits that need not be smooth. A useful curvature condition must continue to hold when a sequence of spaces converges. Ambrosio, Gigli, and Savaré prove that their analytic Bakry–Émery curvature-dimension condition has this stability property for Riemannian energy measure spaces under Sturm–Gromov–Hausdorff convergence Ambrosio–Gigli–Savaré, Theorem 5.8. The result connects a condition stated through heat flow and Dirichlet forms with convergence stated through distances between probability measures.

The article's §5.2 first defines the convergence of spaces and of functions living in different L2L^2L2 spaces, then states the stability theorem. This order matters: the measure changes with the space, so ordinary convergence of functions on one fixed measured space cannot express the claim Ambrosio–Gigli–Savaré, Definitions 5.4 and 5.6.

Setting

A metric measure space (X,d,m)(X,d,m)(X,d,m) consists of a complete separable metric space (X,d)(X,d)(X,d) and a measure mmm. The class P2(X)\mathcal P_2(X)P2​(X) contains probability measures with finite second moment. The squared Wasserstein distance W22(μ,ν)W_2^2(\mu,\nu)W22​(μ,ν) is the infimum of the mean squared transport cost d(x,y)2d(x,y)^2d(x,y)2 over couplings of μ\muμ and ν\nuν.

A sequence (Xn,dn,mn)(X_n,d_n,m_n)(Xn​,dn​,mn​) Sturm–Gromov–Hausdorff converges to (X∞,d∞,m∞)(X_\infty,d_\infty,m_\infty)(X∞​,d∞​,m∞​) when there is a complete separable ambient metric space ZZZ and distance-preserving embeddings ιn:Xn→Z\iota_n:X_n\to Zιn​:Xn​→Z, including ι∞\iota_\inftyι∞​, such that W2((ιn)#mn,(ι∞)#m∞)→0W_2((\iota_n)_\#m_n,(\iota_\infty)_\#m_\infty)\to0W2​((ιn​)#​mn​,(ι∞​)#​m∞​)→0. The embeddings need not be onto. This definition compares measures on different spaces after placing them in one ambient space; it does not assume that the original spaces coincide Ambrosio–Gigli–Savaré, Definition 5.4.

An energy measure space has a strongly local Dirichlet form E\mathcal EE, its associated heat flow PtP_tPt​, a carré du champ Γ\GammaΓ, and an intrinsic distance dEd_{\mathcal E}dE​ agreeing with ddd. The Cheeger energy Ch⁡m\operatorname{Ch}_mChm​ is the relaxed integral of one half the squared local slope. A Riemannian energy measure space also has the upper-regularity and continuous-representative properties of Definition 3.16. The paper writes E=2Ch⁡m\mathcal E=2\operatorname{Ch}_mE=2Chm​ in this situation Ambrosio–Gigli–Savaré, Definitions 3.6 and 3.16 and Theorem 3.14.

The Bakry–Émery condition BE(K,N)\mathrm{BE}(K,N)BE(K,N) bounds a second-order expression involving the heat flow, the carré du champ, curvature parameter KKK, and dimension parameter NNN. The formalization uses the paper's weak distributional form (2.33), writing ν=1/N≥0\nu=1/N\ge0ν=1/N≥0; ν=0\nu=0ν=0 represents N=∞N=\inftyN=∞. This is the same KKK and NNN for every source space and for the limit Ambrosio–Gigli–Savaré, Definition 2.4 and (2.33).

Formalization targets

Supporting convergence results

Remark 5.5 asserts that the Cheeger energy is invariant under an isometric embedding. Lemma 5.7 supplies two criteria (squared norms, or entropies of bounded densities) for convergence of scalar functions across changing measures and shows that continuous maps of linear growth preserve this convergence. Lemma 5.9 says that, in the RCD setting, both heat-flow outputs and their generators converge. These are the mission's formal milestones Ambrosio–Gigli–Savaré, pp. 63–66.

Stability goal

For Riemannian energy measure spaces (Xn,dn,mn,En)(X_n,d_n,m_n,\mathcal E_n)(Xn​,dn​,mn​,En​) with mn∈P2(Xn)m_n\in\mathcal P_2(X_n)mn​∈P2​(Xn​) and BE(K,N)\mathrm{BE}(K,N)BE(K,N), Theorem 5.8 asks for

(Xn,dn,mn)→SGH(X∞,d∞,m∞)⟹(X∞,d∞,m∞,2Ch⁡m∞) is Riemannian and satisfies BE(K,N).(X_n,d_n,m_n)\xrightarrow{\mathrm{SGH}}(X_\infty,d_\infty,m_\infty) \quad\Longrightarrow\quad (X_\infty,d_\infty,m_\infty,2\operatorname{Ch}_{m_\infty}) \text{ is Riemannian and satisfies }\mathrm{BE}(K,N).(Xn​,dn​,mn​)SGH​(X∞​,d∞​,m∞​)⟹(X∞​,d∞​,m∞​,2Chm∞​​) is Riemannian and satisfies BE(K,N).

The goal includes the assertion that the limit energy is a Dirichlet form; quadraticity is part of the conclusion. It covers finite NNN and N=∞N=\inftyN=∞ with the same statement Ambrosio–Gigli–Savaré, Theorem 5.8.

Significance

The theorem permits analytic curvature-dimension bounds to survive convergence even when the carrier spaces, measures, and L2L^2L2 spaces vary. Without a stability statement, a bound verified separately on approximating spaces would give no such bound for their metric measure limit. The theorem also ensures that the limit Cheeger energy retains the quadratic structure required for the Riemannian theory Ambrosio–Gigli–Savaré, Theorem 5.8 and its proof.

The result is proved in the cited paper. The remaining work here is a machine-checked development of its definitions and proof, including the convergence of heat flows and generator terms across changing measures. The statements in this proposal are proof targets; they are not presented as already machine-checked. The definitions of SGH convergence and graph-law convergence can also support other stability questions for metric measure spaces.

Difficulty

The difficulty is that each PtnP_t^nPtn​ acts on a different L2(Xn,mn)L^2(X_n,m_n)L2(Xn​,mn​), while BE(K,N)\mathrm{BE}(K,N)BE(K,N) is an inequality involving the semigroup, its generator, and integrals against mnm_nmn​. Convergence of the underlying measures alone does not imply convergence of those functions or of their squared terms. In particular, pointwise convergence on a common carrier is not even a statement available before choosing embeddings and representatives. The paper's separate notion of function convergence addresses this gap Ambrosio–Gigli–Savaré, Definitions 5.4 and 5.6 and Lemma 5.9.

Formalization scope

Lean keeps the spaces indexed by nnn: Xn n, m n, E n, and P n. The goal uses SGH convergence as an existential ambient realization, rather than assuming the paper's common-space reduction (5.10). The source heat flows and the truncation profile SSS are named by their defining properties; they are the paper's determined objects. The limit heat flow is not assumed to exist: the BE(K,N)\mathrm{BE}(K,N)BE(K,N) conclusion is stated for every family satisfying the heat-flow characterization of 2Ch⁡m∞2\operatorname{Ch}_{m_\infty}2Chm∞​​. Functions represent L2L^2L2 classes, and the common Setting layer records almost-everywhere invariance. The measurable spaces are Borel; the paper's completed measurable structures are represented through measurable versions and almost-everywhere relations.

The formal goal assumes that m∞m_\inftym∞​ has full support on X∞X_\inftyX∞​. Definition 3.6 requires this, while §5.2 explicitly warns that the ambient SGH limit may fail to be fully supported. The full-support condition makes the theorem refer to the intended limit carrier. The goal does not assume that the limit already is a Riemannian energy measure space or satisfies BE(K,N)\mathrm{BE}(K,N)BE(K,N).

Function convergence uses graph laws on X×RkX\times\mathbb R^kX×Rk. The chosen product metric is Mathlib's max metric; any fixed finite product metric yields the same W2W_2W2​ convergence in this setting. The squared Wasserstein distance is extended nonnegative, so a missing finite coupling does not turn into a false real value. The limit energy is defined as 2Ch⁡m∞2\operatorname{Ch}_{m_\infty}2Chm∞​​, with no free energy parameter. Measurable representatives are explicit when forming pushforwards. Lemma 5.9 is stated on a common, fully supported RCD carrier; this narrows its ambient application and is recorded for review. Contributions to the Cheeger-energy invariance, changing-measure function convergence, heat-flow stability, and final BE passage are all within scope.

Selected references

  • Luigi Ambrosio, Nicola Gigli, Giuseppe Savaré, Bakry–Émery curvature-dimension condition and Riemannian Ricci curvature bounds, Annals of Probability 43(1), 2015, 339–404. arXiv:1209.5786v4, DOI:10.1214/14-AOP907.
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical AnalysisOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Riemannian Proximal Gradient Methods II: The Riemannian Proximal Gradient Method Converges at Rate O(1/k) under Retraction ConvexityResearch Paper

Motivation

Many problems in statistics, signal processing and machine learning minimize a smooth loss plus a nonsmooth regularizer over a set with manifold structure: sparse principal component analysis over the Stiefel manifold, sparse blind deconvolution over the sphere, and clustering and dictionary-learning models with orthogonality constraints. In Euclidean space the standard method for such composite problems is the proximal gradient method, whose O(1/k)O(1/k)O(1/k) rate for convex problems is classical (Beck–Teboulle 2009). Huang and Wei (arXiv:1909.06065v4, Mathematical Programming 2021) propose a Riemannian proximal gradient method (RPG) that solves its proximal subproblem on the tangent space and returns to the manifold through a retraction. They prove three things about it: global convergence, an O(1/k)O(1/k)O(1/k) rate under a convexity notion adapted to retractions, and local rates under a Riemannian Kurdyka–Łojasiewicz property. This mission covers the second result, Theorem 3.2.

Earlier Riemannian proximal methods either required the exponential map and parallel transport, or solved a Euclidean proximal problem in the ambient space (Chen, Ma, So, Zhang 2020, ManPG). Theorem 3.2 is stated for a general retraction, with an explicit constant.

Setting

Let M\mathcal MM be a finite-dimensional Riemannian manifold, with inner product ⟨⋅,⋅⟩x\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle_x⟨⋅,⋅⟩x​ and norm ∥⋅∥x\|\cdot\|_x∥⋅∥x​ on each tangent space TxMT_x\mathcal MTx​M. A retraction is a family of smooth maps Rx:TxM→MR_x:T_x\mathcal M\to\mathcal MRx​:Tx​M→M with Rx(0x)=xR_x(0_x)=xRx​(0x​)=x and DRx(0x)=id\mathrm DR_x(0_x)=\mathrm{id}DRx​(0x​)=id. The problem is

min⁡x∈MF(x)=f(x)+g(x),\min_{x\in\mathcal M} F(x)=f(x)+g(x),x∈Mmin​F(x)=f(x)+g(x),

where fff is differentiable with Riemannian gradient grad⁡f\operatorname{grad} fgradf, and ggg is continuous and possibly nonsmooth.

For a function hhh on a real inner-product space VVV, the Clarke generalized directional derivative is h∘(η;v)=lim sup⁡ξ→η, t↓0(h(ξ+tv)−h(ξ))/th^\circ(\eta;v)=\limsup_{\xi\to\eta,\,t\downarrow0}(h(\xi+tv)-h(\xi))/th∘(η;v)=limsupξ→η,t↓0​(h(ξ+tv)−h(ξ))/t. The generalized subdifferential is ∂h(η)={ζ∣⟨ζ,v⟩≤h∘(η;v) ∀v}\partial h(\eta)=\{\zeta\mid\langle\zeta,v\rangle\le h^\circ(\eta;v)\ \forall v\}∂h(η)={ζ∣⟨ζ,v⟩≤h∘(η;v) ∀v}. A point η\etaη is stationary for hhh if 0∈∂h(η)0\in\partial h(\eta)0∈∂h(η).

Given a constant L~\tilde LL~, the RPG method (Algorithm 1) produces iterates xkx_kxk​ and steps ηxk∗∈TxkM\eta^*_{x_k}\in T_{x_k}\mathcal Mηxk​∗​∈Txk​​M as follows. Set

ℓxk(η)=⟨grad⁡f(xk),η⟩xk+L~2∥η∥xk2+g(Rxk(η)).\ell_{x_k}(\eta)=\langle\operatorname{grad} f(x_k),\eta\rangle_{x_k}+\frac{\tilde L}{2}\|\eta\|_{x_k}^2+g(R_{x_k}(\eta)).ℓxk​​(η)=⟨gradf(xk​),η⟩xk​​+2L~​∥η∥xk​2​+g(Rxk​​(η)).

Choose a stationary point ηxk∗\eta^*_{x_k}ηxk​∗​ of ℓxk\ell_{x_k}ℓxk​​ on TxkMT_{x_k}\mathcal MTxk​​M with ℓxk(0)≥ℓxk(ηxk∗)\ell_{x_k}(0)\ge\ell_{x_k}(\eta^*_{x_k})ℓxk​​(0)≥ℓxk​​(ηxk​∗​), and set xk+1=Rxk(ηxk∗)x_{k+1}=R_{x_k}(\eta^*_{x_k})xk+1​=Rxk​​(ηxk​∗​).

The assumptions involve the sublevel set Ωx0={x∣F(x)≤F(x0)}\Omega_{x_0}=\{x\mid F(x)\le F(x_0)\}Ωx0​​={x∣F(x)≤F(x0​)} and two notions defined with respect to RRR on a set N\mathcal NN:

  • LLL-retraction-smoothness: h(Rx(η))≤h(x)+⟨grad⁡h(x),η⟩x+L2∥η∥x2h(R_x(\eta))\le h(x)+\langle\operatorname{grad} h(x),\eta\rangle_x+\frac L2\|\eta\|_x^2h(Rx​(η))≤h(x)+⟨gradh(x),η⟩x​+2L​∥η∥x2​;
  • retraction-convexity: qx=h∘Rxq_x=h\circ R_xqx​=h∘Rx​ satisfies qx(η)≥qx(ξ)+⟨ζ,η−ξ⟩xq_x(\eta)\ge q_x(\xi)+\langle\zeta,\eta-\xi\rangle_xqx​(η)≥qx​(ξ)+⟨ζ,η−ξ⟩x​, where ζ\zetaζ is the gradient of qxq_xqx​ at ξ\xiξ, or any Riemannian subgradient of qxq_xqx​ at ξ\xiξ when hhh is nonsmooth.

Assumption 3.1 asks that FFF be bounded below and Ωx0\Omega_{x_0}Ωx0​​ compact. Assumption 3.3 provides an open Ω⊇Ωx0\Omega\supseteq\Omega_{x_0}Ω⊇Ωx0​​ on which fff is LLL-retraction-smooth and retraction-convex and ggg is retraction-convex. Assumption 3.4 bounds how far the retraction is from Euclidean: for all x,y,z∈Ωx,y,z\in\Omegax,y,z∈Ω,

∣∥Rx−1(z)−Rx−1(y)∥x2−∥Ry−1(z)∥y2∣≤κΩ∥Rx−1(y)∥x2.\bigl|\|R_x^{-1}(z)-R_x^{-1}(y)\|_x^2-\|R_y^{-1}(z)\|_y^2\bigr|\le\kappa_\Omega\|R_x^{-1}(y)\|_x^2 .​∥Rx−1​(z)−Rx−1​(y)∥x2​−∥Ry−1​(z)∥y2​​≤κΩ​∥Rx−1​(y)∥x2​.

Finally, β=(L~−L)/2\beta=(\tilde L-L)/2β=(L~−L)/2.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.2

Let L~>max⁡(L,0)\tilde L>\max(L,0)L~>max(L,0), suppose Assumptions 3.1, 3.3 and 3.4 hold, and let x∗x_*x∗​ be any accumulation point of {xk}\{x_k\}{xk​}. Then for every k≥1k\ge1k≥1

F(xk)−F(x∗)≤1k(L~2∥Rx0−1(x∗)∥x02+L~κΩ2β(F(x0)−F(x∗))).(3.16)F(x_k)-F(x_*)\le\frac1k\left(\frac{\tilde L}{2}\|R_{x_0}^{-1}(x_*)\|_{x_0}^2+\frac{\tilde L\kappa_\Omega}{2\beta}\bigl(F(x_0)-F(x_*)\bigr)\right).\tag{3.16}F(xk​)−F(x∗​)≤k1​(2L~​∥Rx0​−1​(x∗​)∥x0​2​+2βL~κΩ​​(F(x0​)−F(x∗​))).(3.16)

The constants are those of the paper.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 3.1 (descent): F(xk)−F(xk+1)≥β∥ηxk∗∥xk2F(x_k)-F(x_{k+1})\ge\beta\|\eta^*_{x_k}\|_{x_k}^2F(xk​)−F(xk+1​)≥β∥ηxk​∗​∥xk​2​.
  2. Lemma 3.4 (Riemannian three-point inequality): for one step z=Rx(ηx∗)z=R_x(\eta^*_x)z=Rx​(ηx∗​) and any y=Rx(ξx)∈Ωy=R_x(\xi_x)\in\Omegay=Rx​(ξx​)∈Ω, F(z)≤F(y)+L~2(∥ξx∥x2−∥ξx−ηx∗∥x2)F(z)\le F(y)+\frac{\tilde L}{2}(\|\xi_x\|_x^2-\|\xi_x-\eta^*_x\|_x^2)F(z)≤F(y)+2L~​(∥ξx​∥x2​−∥ξx​−ηx∗​∥x2​).
  3. (3.17): the one-step estimate obtained from Lemma 3.4 with y=x∗y=x_*y=x∗​ and from Assumption 3.4.
  4. (3.18): the one-step estimate with ∥ηxk∗∥2\|\eta^*_{x_k}\|^2∥ηxk​∗​∥2 replaced by the decrease of FFF.
  5. (3.19): the averaged estimate over the first kkk steps.

Significance

Theorem 3.2 extends the O(1/k)O(1/k)O(1/k) function-value rate of the proximal gradient method to manifolds and general retractions. The constant is explicit: it combines the initial distance ∥Rx0−1(x∗)∥\|R_{x_0}^{-1}(x_*)\|∥Rx0​−1​(x∗​)∥ with a correction proportional to κΩ\kappa_\OmegaκΩ​, which measures how far the retraction is from Euclidean. In the Euclidean case Rx(η)=x+ηR_x(\eta)=x+\etaRx​(η)=x+η one can take κΩ=0\kappa_\Omega=0κΩ​=0, and the bound reduces to the classical one. The rate concerns F(xk)−F(x∗)F(x_k)-F(x_*)F(xk​)−F(x∗​), which the iteration bound of Theorem 3.1 (the norm of ηxk∗\eta^*_{x_k}ηxk​∗​) does not control.

The result is proved in the paper. None of it is formalized, and no machine-checked version of the Euclidean proximal-gradient rate is on the platform either. A formalization would supply the first checked version of Clarke stationarity on tangent spaces, of the retraction-based convexity and smoothness notions, and of a rate proof for a nonsmooth Riemannian algorithm. These pieces carry over to other retraction-based methods, such as the accelerated variants of §4 of the paper.

Difficulty

The arithmetic of the rate proof is a telescoping sum, so the work lies elsewhere. First, Lemma 3.4 needs a usable form of the stationarity condition 0∈∂ℓx(ηx∗)0\in\partial\ell_x(\eta^*_x)0∈∂ℓx​(ηx∗​): a subgradient of g∘Rxg\circ R_xg∘Rx​ at ηx∗\eta^*_xηx∗​ equal to −(grad⁡f(x)+L~ηx∗)-(\operatorname{grad} f(x)+\tilde L\eta^*_x)−(gradf(x)+L~ηx∗​). This requires a sum rule for the Clarke subdifferential of a C1C^1C1 function plus a locally Lipschitz one, on a tangent space whose norm comes from the Riemannian metric rather than from the model space. Second, the gradient of f∘Rxf\circ R_xf∘Rx​ at 0x0_x0x​ has to be identified with grad⁡f(x)\operatorname{grad} f(x)gradf(x) through DRx(0x)=id\mathrm DR_x(0_x)=\mathrm{id}DRx​(0x​)=id. In Mathlib this mixes manifold derivatives (mfderiv) with Fréchet derivatives on a space carrying two equivalent norms. Third, it has to be shown that the iterates and the accumulation point remain in Ω\OmegaΩ, so that Assumptions 3.3 and 3.4 apply at every step.

Formalization scope

Theorem numbers and pages are those of arXiv:1909.06065v4. M\mathcal MM is a smooth manifold modelled on a finite-dimensional real inner-product space EEE, with Mathlib's RiemannianBundle on the tangent bundle. All norms and inner products on TxMT_x\mathcal MTx​M are the Riemannian ones. Retractions and gradients are the published RiemOpt.BFGS.IsRetraction and RiemOpt.FR.IsGradient. The Clarke derivative is an EReal-valued limit superior along N(η)×N>0(0)\mathcal N(\eta)\times\mathcal N_{>0}(0)N(η)×N>0​(0). Algorithm 1 is modelled as a run (sequences xkx_kxk​, ηxk∗\eta^*_{x_k}ηxk​∗​ with the three defining properties), and every statement holds for every run. Indices start at 000, accumulation points are cluster points of the sequence, and the bounds divided by kkk are stated for k≥1k\ge1k≥1.

The formalization commits to the following readings:

  1. LLL-retraction-smoothness is required for every tangent vector at the points of the set. This is a strengthening of Definition 3.1, which only covers η\etaη with Rx(η)R_x(\eta)Rx​(η) in the set, and it is needed because Lemma 3.1 fails under the literal reading.
  2. In retraction-convexity the vector ζ\zetaζ depends on ξ\xiξ. It is the gradient of f∘Rxf\circ R_xf∘Rx​, respectively any Clarke subgradient of g∘Rxg\circ R_xg∘Rx​, as the sentence after (3.10) states.
  3. κΩ\kappa_\OmegaκΩ​ is a single constant.
  4. R−1R^{-1}R−1 is data with Rx(Rx−1(y))=yR_x(R_x^{-1}(y))=yRx​(Rx−1​(y))=y on Ω\OmegaΩ, together with the identification Rxk−1(xk+1)=ηxk∗R_{x_k}^{-1}(x_{k+1})=\eta^*_{x_k}Rxk​−1​(xk+1​)=ηxk​∗​ that the proof uses.
  5. Local Lipschitz continuity of g∘Rxg\circ R_xg∘Rx​ is assumed, as p. 5 presupposes when it defines the subdifferential.

A single ζ\zetaζ for all η,ξ\eta,\xiη,ξ in (3.10) would make retraction-convexity force qxq_xqx​ to be affine, and the theorem would only cover affine problems. That reading is excluded. Statements with the case k=0k=0k=0, where Lean's 1/0=01/0=01/0=0 makes (3.16) false, are excluded as well.

Contributions welcome: a Clarke sum rule for C1C^1C1 plus locally Lipschitz functions, the identification of the Fréchet derivative of f∘Rxf\circ R_xf∘Rx​ at 000 with the Riemannian gradient, and the five milestones in order. The Clarke layer and the derivative identification are reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • W. Huang, K. Wei, Riemannian proximal gradient methods, Mathematical Programming, 2021; extended version arXiv:1909.06065v4. https://arxiv.org/abs/1909.06065v4, https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-021-01632-3
  • A. Beck, M. Teboulle, A fast iterative shrinkage-thresholding algorithm for linear inverse problems, SIAM J. Imaging Sciences, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1137/080716542
  • S. Chen, S. Ma, A. M.-C. So, T. Zhang, Proximal gradient method for nonsmooth optimization over the Stiefel manifold, SIAM J. Optimization, 2020. https://doi.org/10.1137/18M122457X
  • F. H. Clarke, Optimization and Nonsmooth Analysis, Wiley, 1983. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611971309
  • P.-A. Absil, R. Mahony, R. Sepulchre, Optimization Algorithms on Matrix Manifolds, Princeton University Press, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400830244
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical AnalysisOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Riemannian Proximal Gradient Methods I: Every Accumulation Point of the Riemannian Proximal Gradient Method Is Stationary, with an Explicit Iteration BoundResearch Paper

Motivation

Many problems in statistics, signal processing and machine learning minimize a smooth loss plus a nonsmooth regularizer over a set that is a manifold rather than a vector space: sparse principal component analysis over the Stiefel manifold, sparse blind deconvolution over the sphere, low-rank recovery over fixed-rank matrices. In Euclidean space the standard tool for min⁡f+g\min f + gminf+g with fff smooth and ggg nonsmooth is the proximal gradient method, whose convergence theory (stationarity of limit points, an O(1/ϵ2)O(1/\epsilon^2)O(1/ϵ2) bound on the number of iterations to reach an ϵ\epsilonϵ-small step, an O(1/k)O(1/k)O(1/k) rate under convexity) is classical (Beck–Teboulle 2009).

Huang and Wei (arXiv:1909.06065, Mathematical Programming 2021) proposed the Riemannian proximal gradient method (RPG): at each iterate the proximal subproblem is posed on the tangent space, the nonsmooth term is pulled back through a retraction, and the next iterate is obtained by retracting the computed step. Unlike the earlier ManPG method of Chen, Ma, So and Zhang (2020), which uses the Euclidean proximal mapping of an embedding space, RPG is defined intrinsically on any manifold with a retraction. Its global convergence theorem is the subject of this mission.

Setting

Let M\mathcal MM be a finite-dimensional manifold with a smooth Riemannian metric ⟨⋅,⋅⟩x\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle_x⟨⋅,⋅⟩x​ on each tangent space TxMT_x\mathcal MTx​M, with norm ∥⋅∥x\|\cdot\|_x∥⋅∥x​. A retraction is a smooth map R:TM→MR : T\mathcal M\to\mathcal MR:TM→M, (x,η)↦Rx(η)(x,\eta)\mapsto R_x(\eta)(x,η)↦Rx​(η), with Rx(0x)=xR_x(0_x) = xRx​(0x​)=x and DRx(0x)=idDR_x(0_x) = \mathrm{id}DRx​(0x​)=id. The vector transport by differentiated retraction is Tηx=DRx(ηx):TxM→TRx(ηx)M\mathcal T_{\eta_x} = DR_x(\eta_x) : T_x\mathcal M\to T_{R_x(\eta_x)}\mathcal MTηx​​=DRx​(ηx​):Tx​M→TRx​(ηx​)​M; Tηx♯\mathcal T^\sharp_{\eta_x}Tηx​♯​ denotes its adjoint for the two metrics and Tηx−♯\mathcal T^{-\sharp}_{\eta_x}Tηx​−♯​ the adjoint of its inverse.

The problem is

min⁡x∈MF(x)=f(x)+g(x),\min_{x\in\mathcal M} F(x) = f(x) + g(x),x∈Mmin​F(x)=f(x)+g(x),

with fff continuously differentiable, Riemannian gradient grad⁡f\operatorname{grad} fgradf, and ggg continuous, possibly nonsmooth. For h:M→Rh : \mathcal M\to\mathbb Rh:M→R the Riemannian Clarke subdifferential is defined through the pull-back h^x=h∘Rx\hat h_x = h\circ R_xh^x​=h∘Rx​ on the Hilbert space TxMT_x\mathcal MTx​M:

h^x∘(η;v)=lim sup⁡ξ→η, t↓0h^x(ξ+tv)−h^x(ξ)t,∂h(x)={ζ∈TxM∣⟨ζ,v⟩x≤h^x∘(0x;v) ∀v}.\hat h_x^\circ(\eta; v) = \limsup_{\xi\to\eta,\ t\downarrow 0}\frac{\hat h_x(\xi+tv)-\hat h_x(\xi)}{t},\qquad \partial h(x) = \{\zeta\in T_x\mathcal M \mid \langle\zeta,v\rangle_x\le\hat h_x^\circ(0_x;v)\ \forall v\}.h^x∘​(η;v)=ξ→η, t↓0limsup​th^x​(ξ+tv)−h^x​(ξ)​,∂h(x)={ζ∈Tx​M∣⟨ζ,v⟩x​≤h^x∘​(0x​;v) ∀v}.

A point xxx is stationary if 0∈∂F(x)0\in\partial F(x)0∈∂F(x).

Algorithm 1 (RPG). Given x0x_0x0​ and a constant L~>L\tilde L > LL~>L, for k=0,1,…k = 0,1,\dotsk=0,1,… let

ℓxk(η)=⟨grad⁡f(xk),η⟩xk+L~2∥η∥xk2+g(Rxk(η)),\ell_{x_k}(\eta) = \langle\operatorname{grad} f(x_k),\eta\rangle_{x_k} + \frac{\tilde L}{2}\|\eta\|_{x_k}^2 + g(R_{x_k}(\eta)),ℓxk​​(η)=⟨gradf(xk​),η⟩xk​​+2L~​∥η∥xk​2​+g(Rxk​​(η)),

choose ηxk∗∈TxkM\eta^*_{x_k}\in T_{x_k}\mathcal Mηxk​∗​∈Txk​​M that is a stationary point of ℓxk\ell_{x_k}ℓxk​​ with ℓxk(0)≥ℓxk(ηxk∗)\ell_{x_k}(0)\ge\ell_{x_k}(\eta^*_{x_k})ℓxk​​(0)≥ℓxk​​(ηxk​∗​) (condition (3.1)), and set xk+1=Rxk(ηxk∗)x_{k+1} = R_{x_k}(\eta^*_{x_k})xk+1​=Rxk​​(ηxk​∗​).

Assumption 3.1. FFF is bounded below and Ωx0={x∣F(x)≤F(x0)}\Omega_{x_0} = \{x \mid F(x)\le F(x_0)\}Ωx0​​={x∣F(x)≤F(x0​)} is compact. Assumption 3.2. fff is LLL-retraction-smooth on Ωx0\Omega_{x_0}Ωx0​​: f(Rx(η))≤f(x)+⟨grad⁡f(x),η⟩x+L2∥η∥x2f(R_x(\eta))\le f(x) + \langle\operatorname{grad} f(x),\eta\rangle_x + \frac L2\|\eta\|_x^2f(Rx​(η))≤f(x)+⟨gradf(x),η⟩x​+2L​∥η∥x2​ (inequality (3.2)).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.1

For every run of Algorithm 1: if ηxk∗=0\eta^*_{x_k} = 0ηxk​∗​=0 then xkx_kxk​ is stationary. Under Assumptions 3.1 and 3.2, {xk}\{x_k\}{xk​} has an accumulation point, every accumulation point x∗x_*x∗​ is stationary, and for every ϵ>0\epsilon > 0ϵ>0 some iterate with index at most

F(x0)−F(x∗)βϵ2,β=L~−L2,\frac{F(x_0)-F(x_*)}{\beta\epsilon^2},\qquad\beta = \frac{\tilde L - L}{2},βϵ2F(x0​)−F(x∗​)​,β=2L~−L​,

satisfies ∥ηxk∗∥xk≤ϵ\|\eta^*_{x_k}\|_{x_k}\le\epsilon∥ηxk​∗​∥xk​​≤ϵ.

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  • Lemma 3.1 (descent): F(xk)−F(xk+1)≥β∥ηxk∗∥xk2F(x_k) - F(x_{k+1})\ge\beta\|\eta^*_{x_k}\|_{x_k}^2F(xk​)−F(xk+1​)≥β∥ηxk​∗​∥xk​2​.
  • (3.6): lim⁡k∥ηxk∗∥xk=0\lim_k\|\eta^*_{x_k}\|_{x_k} = 0limk​∥ηxk​∗​∥xk​​=0.
  • Lemma 3.2: for a continuous vector field ξ\xiξ, ∥ξy−Tηx−♯ξx∥y→0\|\xi_y - \mathcal T^{-\sharp}_{\eta_x}\xi_x\|_y\to 0∥ξy​−Tηx​−♯​ξx​∥y​→0 as ηx→0\eta_x\to 0ηx​→0 on the tangent bundle, y=Rx(ηx)y = R_x(\eta_x)y=Rx​(ηx​).
  • (3.8): at every iteration some ζ∈∂g(xk+1)\zeta\in\partial g(x_{k+1})ζ∈∂g(xk+1​) satisfies grad⁡f(xk)+L~ηxk∗+TRηxk∗♯ζ=0\operatorname{grad} f(x_k)+\tilde L\eta^*_{x_k}+\mathcal T^\sharp_{R_{\eta^*_{x_k}}}\zeta = 0gradf(xk​)+L~ηxk​∗​+TRηxk​∗​​♯​ζ=0.
  • (3.9): where the transport is invertible, grad⁡f(xk+1)−T−♯(grad⁡f(xk)+L~ηxk∗)=grad⁡f(xk+1)+ζ∈∂F(xk+1)\operatorname{grad} f(x_{k+1}) - \mathcal T^{-\sharp}(\operatorname{grad} f(x_k)+\tilde L\eta^*_{x_k}) = \operatorname{grad} f(x_{k+1})+\zeta\in\partial F(x_{k+1})gradf(xk+1​)−T−♯(gradf(xk​)+L~ηxk​∗​)=gradf(xk+1​)+ζ∈∂F(xk+1​).

Significance

Theorem 3.1 is the basic convergence guarantee of RPG: the method is a descent method without any convexity of ggg, its limit points satisfy the first-order necessary condition 0∈∂F0\in\partial F0∈∂F, and the number of iterations needed to make the step small is explicit, with the same O(1/ϵ2)O(1/\epsilon^2)O(1/ϵ2) dependence as in the Euclidean case. It underlies the further analyses of the same paper (the O(1/k)O(1/k)O(1/k) rate under retraction convexity and the Kurdyka–Łojasiewicz analysis) and of later Riemannian proximal methods.

The theorem is proved on paper; no machine-checked version exists. Formalizing it requires a Clarke subdifferential on tangent spaces, its calculus (sum rule with a C1C^1C1 function, chain rule through a local diffeomorphism) and its closedness along convergent sequences on a manifold. None of these is in Mathlib. They are reusable well beyond this paper by any Riemannian nonsmooth optimization method.

Difficulty

The descent inequality and the iteration bound are elementary once Lemma 3.1 is available. The difficulty is the stationarity of accumulation points. The subproblem's optimality condition (3.8) lives in the tangent space at xkx_kxk​ and involves a subgradient of ggg at xk+1x_{k+1}xk+1​; to pass to the limit, the gradients and subgradients must be compared across different tangent spaces, which is what the inverse-adjoint transport and Lemma 3.2 do. This needs joint continuity of the retraction and its differential on the tangent bundle and continuity of the metric, and then a closedness property of the Riemannian Clarke subdifferential that the paper cites from Hosseini, Huang and Yousefpour (2018, Theorem 2.2(c)) and that a complete development must prove. A pointwise argument at a fixed base point does not suffice, because the base points xkjx_{k_j}xkj​​ move.

Formalization scope

Theorem numbers and pages are those of arXiv:1909.06065v4. The manifold is modelled on a finite-dimensional real inner-product space EEE and carries a RiemannianBundle with a smooth metric (IsContMDiffRiemannianBundle). Retraction, differentiated-retraction transport and Riemannian gradient are the published definitions RiemOpt.BFGS.Setting and RiemOpt.FR.Setting; joint smoothness of RRR on the tangent bundle is added, as on p. 4. The Clarke limit superior is taken in EReal along N(η)×N>0(0)\mathcal N(\eta)\times\mathcal N_{>0}(0)N(η)×N>0​(0), so it never takes a default value. Accumulation points are MapClusterPt, and "in at most NNN iterations" is an index k≤Nk\le Nk≤N. A run of Algorithm 1 is any sequence of iterates and steps satisfying (3.1); the step is a selection, not a function of the iterate.

Two hypotheses are explicit in the Lean statements. Each pull-back g∘Rxg\circ R_xg∘Rx​ is locally Lipschitz, which p. 5 requires for the subdifferential to be defined. fff is C1C^1C1, because the proof applies Lemma 3.2 to grad⁡f\operatorname{grad} fgradf. Assumption 3.2 is stated in the form the proof of Lemma 3.1 uses: (3.2) at every x∈Ωx0x\in\Omega_{x_0}x∈Ωx0​​ for every tangent vector. Definition 3.1 read literally only constrains η\etaη with Rx(η)∈Ωx0R_x(\eta)\in\Omega_{x_0}Rx​(η)∈Ωx0​​, and under that reading Lemma 3.1 fails: a nonconvex ggg can send x1x_1x1​ far outside Ωx0\Omega_{x_0}Ωx0​​. The paper's own sufficient condition gives the strengthened form.

The formalization must not trivialize stationarity. The subdifferential is defined from the Clarke derivative of the pull-back alone. It does not involve T−♯\mathcal T^{-\sharp}T−♯ or ContinuousLinearMap.inverse, so 0∈∂F(x)0\in\partial F(x)0∈∂F(x) is a genuine condition. The run hypotheses are satisfiable, for instance on M=R\mathcal M = \mathbb RM=R with Rx(η)=x+ηR_x(\eta) = x+\etaRx​(η)=x+η, f(x)=x2f(x) = x^2f(x)=x2, g=0g = 0g=0, xk=0x_k = 0xk​=0, ηk=0\eta_k = 0ηk​=0.

Welcome contributions: the Clarke calculus on a real Hilbert space (sum rule, chain rule through a C1C^1C1 map, upper semicontinuity), local invertibility of DRx(η)DR_x(\eta)DRx​(η) near the zero section, and the closedness of the Riemannian subdifferential on the tangent bundle.

Selected references

  • W. Huang, K. Wei, Riemannian proximal gradient methods, Mathematical Programming, 2021. arXiv:1909.06065v4. https://arxiv.org/abs/1909.06065, https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-021-01632-3
  • S. Hosseini, W. Huang, R. Yousefpour, Line search algorithms for locally Lipschitz functions on Riemannian manifolds, SIAM Journal on Optimization 28(1):596–619, 2018 (reference [29] of Huang–Wei; source of the Riemannian Clarke subdifferential and of its closedness, Theorem 2.2(c)). https://epubs.siam.org/toc/sjope8/28/1
  • P.-A. Absil, R. Mahony, R. Sepulchre, Optimization Algorithms on Matrix Manifolds, Princeton University Press, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400830244
  • S. Chen, S. Ma, A. M.-C. So, T. Zhang, Proximal gradient method for nonsmooth optimization over the Stiefel manifold, SIAM Journal on Optimization 30 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1137/18M122457X
  • A. Beck, M. Teboulle, A fast iterative shrinkage-thresholding algorithm for linear inverse problems, SIAM Journal on Imaging Sciences 2 (2009). https://doi.org/10.1137/080716542
  • F. H. Clarke, Optimization and Nonsmooth Analysis, Wiley, 1983. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611971309
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical AnalysisOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimization Methods on Riemannian Manifolds and Their Application to Shape Space 2: Riemannian Fletcher-Reeves Conjugate Gradient with Strong Wolfe Steps Has liminf of the Gradient Norm ZeroResearch Paper

Motivation

Many optimization problems in shape analysis, computer vision, numerical linear algebra and statistics have a nonlinear search space: a sphere, a Stiefel or Grassmann manifold, a space of curves modulo reparametrization. Projecting iterates of a Euclidean method back onto the constraint set loses the geometry, so one designs methods that move along the manifold itself. Riemannian line-search methods do this by replacing the update xk+1=xk+αkpkx_{k+1}=x_k+\alpha_kp_kxk+1​=xk​+αk​pk​ with xk+1=Rxk(αkpk)x_{k+1}=R_{x_k}(\alpha_kp_k)xk+1​=Rxk​​(αk​pk​) for a retraction RRR, and by carrying old search directions to the new tangent space with a transport.

Nonlinear conjugate gradient (NCG) methods are a natural candidate on manifolds: they need only first derivatives and store one previous direction. In the Euclidean case, Al-Baali showed in 1985 that the Fletcher–Reeves method with strong Wolfe step lengths and c2<12c_2<\tfrac12c2​<21​ satisfies lim inf⁡k∥∇f(xk)∥=0\liminf_k\|\nabla f(x_k)\|=0liminfk​∥∇f(xk​)∥=0 (doi:10.1093/imanum/5.1.121); Nocedal and Wright give the standard textbook proof (Lemma 5.6 and Theorem 5.7 in Numerical Optimization). Ring and Wirth (doi:10.1137/11082885X, SIAM J. Optim. 2012) transfer this analysis to Riemannian manifolds, possibly infinite-dimensional, which is the setting of their application to shape spaces. The mission formalizes that transfer.

Setting

M\mathcal MM is a smooth manifold modelled on a real Hilbert space EEE, with a Riemannian metric gxg_xgx​ on each tangent space TxMT_x\mathcal MTx​M and norm ∥⋅∥x\|\cdot\|_x∥⋅∥x​. For f:M→Rf:\mathcal M\to\mathbb Rf:M→R, Df(x)\mathrm Df(x)Df(x) is its differential, a continuous linear functional on TxMT_x\mathcal MTx​M with dual norm ∥Df(x)∥x\|\mathrm Df(x)\|_x∥Df(x)∥x​, and the gradient ∇f(x)∈TxM\nabla f(x)\in T_x\mathcal M∇f(x)∈Tx​M is its Riesz representative, gx(∇f(x),v)=Df(x)vg_x(\nabla f(x),v)=\mathrm Df(x)vgx​(∇f(x),v)=Df(x)v.

A retraction is a family of smooth maps Rx:TxM→MR_x:T_x\mathcal M\to\mathcal MRx​:Tx​M→M with Rx(0)=xR_x(0)=xRx​(0)=x and DRx(0)=id\mathrm DR_x(0)=\mathrm{id}DRx​(0)=id. Its transport is Tx,Rx(v)Rx=DRx(v):TxM→TRx(v)MT^{R_x}_{x,R_x(v)}=\mathrm DR_x(v):T_x\mathcal M\to T_{R_x(v)}\mathcal MTx,Rx​(v)Rx​​=DRx​(v):Tx​M→TRx​(v)​M.

A run of Algorithm 1 consists of points xkx_kxk​, directions pk∈TxkMp_k\in T_{x_k}\mathcal Mpk​∈Txk​​M and steps αk>0\alpha_k>0αk​>0 with xk+1=Rxk(αkpk)x_{k+1}=R_{x_k}(\alpha_kp_k)xk+1​=Rxk​​(αk​pk​). With 0<c1<c2<10<c_1<c_2<10<c1​<c2​<1, the Wolfe conditions at (x,p,α)(x,p,\alpha)(x,p,α) are

f(Rx(αp))≤f(x)+c1α Df(x)p,(1a)f(R_x(\alpha p))\le f(x)+c_1\alpha\,\mathrm Df(x)p,\tag{1a}f(Rx​(αp))≤f(x)+c1​αDf(x)p,(1a) Df(Rx(αp)) Tx,Rx(αp)Rxp≥c2 Df(x)p,(1b)\mathrm Df(R_x(\alpha p))\,T^{R_x}_{x,R_x(\alpha p)}p\ge c_2\,\mathrm Df(x)p,\tag{1b}Df(Rx​(αp))Tx,Rx​(αp)Rx​​p≥c2​Df(x)p,(1b)

and the strong Wolfe conditions replace (1b) by

∣Df(Rx(αp)) Tx,Rx(αp)Rxp∣≤−c2 Df(x)p.(2)\bigl|\mathrm Df(R_x(\alpha p))\,T^{R_x}_{x,R_x(\alpha p)}p\bigr|\le -c_2\,\mathrm Df(x)p.\tag{2}​Df(Rx​(αp))Tx,Rx​(αp)Rx​​p​≤−c2​Df(x)p.(2)

The angle θk\theta_kθk​ between pkp_kpk​ and −∇f(xk)-\nabla f(x_k)−∇f(xk​) is given by cos⁡θk=−Df(xk)pk/(∥Df(xk)∥xk∥pk∥xk)\cos\theta_k=-\mathrm Df(x_k)p_k/(\|\mathrm Df(x_k)\|_{x_k}\|p_k\|_{x_k})cosθk​=−Df(xk​)pk​/(∥Df(xk​)∥xk​​∥pk​∥xk​​).

The Fletcher–Reeves direction is

p0=−∇f(x0),pk+1=−∇f(xk+1)+βk+1 Txk,xk+1Rxkpk,βk+1=∥Df(xk+1)∥xk+12∥Df(xk)∥xk2.p_0=-\nabla f(x_0),\qquad p_{k+1}=-\nabla f(x_{k+1})+\beta_{k+1}\,T^{R_{x_k}}_{x_k,x_{k+1}}p_k,\qquad \beta_{k+1}=\frac{\|\mathrm Df(x_{k+1})\|_{x_{k+1}}^2}{\|\mathrm Df(x_k)\|_{x_k}^2}.p0​=−∇f(x0​),pk+1​=−∇f(xk+1​)+βk+1​Txk​,xk+1​Rxk​​​pk​,βk+1​=∥Df(xk​)∥xk​2​∥Df(xk+1​)∥xk+1​2​​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 15

For a non-terminating Fletcher–Reeves run with strong Wolfe steps and 0<c1<c2<120<c_1<c_2<\tfrac120<c1​<c2​<21​, if the transport is non-expansive on the search directions, ∥Txk,xk+1Rxkpk∥xk+1≤∥pk∥xk\|T^{R_{x_k}}_{x_k,x_{k+1}}p_k\|_{x_{k+1}}\le\|p_k\|_{x_k}∥Txk​,xk+1​Rxk​​​pk​∥xk+1​​≤∥pk​∥xk​​, fff is bounded below, and the pull-backs f∘Rxkf\circ R_{x_k}f∘Rxk​​ are Lipschitz continuously differentiable on span{pk}\mathrm{span}\{p_k\}span{pk​} with a uniform constant, then

lim inf⁡k→∞∥Df(xk)∥xk=0.\liminf_{k\to\infty}\|\mathrm Df(x_k)\|_{x_k}=0.k→∞liminf​∥Df(xk​)∥xk​​=0.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 2 (Zoutendijk). For Wolfe steps along descent directions, fff bounded below and the line-Lipschitz condition, ∑kcos⁡2θk∥Df(xk)∥xk2<∞\sum_k\cos^2\theta_k\|\mathrm Df(x_k)\|_{x_k}^2<\infty∑k​cos2θk​∥Df(xk​)∥xk​2​<∞.
  2. Lemma 14. For a Fletcher–Reeves run with strong Wolfe steps and c2<12c_2<\tfrac12c2​<21​,
−11−c2≤Df(xk)pk∥Df(xk)∥xk2≤2c2−11−c2.-\frac1{1-c_2}\le\frac{\mathrm Df(x_k)p_k}{\|\mathrm Df(x_k)\|_{x_k}^2}\le\frac{2c_2-1}{1-c_2}.−1−c2​1​≤∥Df(xk​)∥xk​2​Df(xk​)pk​​≤1−c2​2c2​−1​.
  1. The angle sandwich (proof of Proposition 15): 1−2c21−c2∥Df(xk)∥∥pk∥≤cos⁡θk≤11−c2∥Df(xk)∥∥pk∥\frac{1-2c_2}{1-c_2}\frac{\|\mathrm Df(x_k)\|}{\|p_k\|}\le\cos\theta_k\le\frac1{1-c_2}\frac{\|\mathrm Df(x_k)\|}{\|p_k\|}1−c2​1−2c2​​∥pk​∥∥Df(xk​)∥​≤cosθk​≤1−c2​1​∥pk​∥∥Df(xk​)∥​.
  2. Square summability: ∑k∥Df(xk)∥4/∥pk∥2<∞\sum_k\|\mathrm Df(x_k)\|^4/\|p_k\|^2<\infty∑k​∥Df(xk​)∥4/∥pk​∥2<∞.
  3. Growth bound: ∥pk∥2≤1+c21−c2∥Df(xk)∥4∑j=0k∥Df(xj)∥−2\|p_k\|^2\le\frac{1+c_2}{1-c_2}\|\mathrm Df(x_k)\|^4\sum_{j=0}^k\|\mathrm Df(x_j)\|^{-2}∥pk​∥2≤1−c2​1+c2​​∥Df(xk​)∥4∑j=0k​∥Df(xj​)∥−2.

Significance

Proposition 15 guarantees that Riemannian Fletcher–Reeves, with any retraction whose transport does not enlarge the search direction, cannot stall at a positive gradient level: some subsequence of the gradient norms tends to zero. Together with strict convexity in the sense of the paper's Proposition 4 this gives convergence of the iterates to the minimizer, and it justifies the use of the method on the shape spaces of the paper's §4. The hypothesis on the transport is the only new ingredient compared with the Euclidean theorem, and the paper's Remark 7 notes that convergence can no longer be guaranteed without it.

The result is proved in the paper. As far as is known, neither Zoutendijk's theorem on a manifold nor the Fletcher–Reeves convergence theorem has a machine-checked proof; Euclidean versions of both appear elsewhere on the platform, but the Riemannian statements, with retraction, transport and tangent-space-dependent norms, are new. The mission produces the line-search interface on a Riemannian manifold (retraction, transport, Wolfe conditions) in a form reusable by other Riemannian methods.

Difficulty

Each search direction is built from a vector in a different tangent space. The transported direction DRxk(αkpk)pk\mathrm DR_{x_k}(\alpha_kp_k)p_kDRxk​​(αk​pk​)pk​ lives in TRxk(αkpk)MT_{R_{x_k}(\alpha_kp_k)}\mathcal MTRxk​​(αk​pk​)​M, and only the step equation identifies it with a vector of Txk+1MT_{x_{k+1}}\mathcal MTxk+1​​M; norms, inner products and differentials all depend on the base point, so every Euclidean manipulation has to be carried through that identification. Zoutendijk's theorem has to connect two different descriptions of the same step: the curvature condition (1b) is stated with the differential of fff at the new point applied to the transported direction, while the Lipschitz hypothesis concerns the one-variable pull-back t↦f(Rxk(tpk))t\mapsto f(R_{x_k}(tp_k))t↦f(Rxk​​(tpk​)). They agree only because the transport is the derivative of the retraction, and the agreement is a chain rule for manifold derivatives, which has to be established in Mathlib's mfderiv framework for maps out of a tangent space. The growth bound cannot use ∥Tp∥=∥p∥\|T p\|=\|p\|∥Tp∥=∥p∥; it needs the non-expansiveness hypothesis exactly where the Euclidean argument uses the identity.

Formalization scope

The manifold is a Mathlib manifold modelled on a real Hilbert space E, with Mathlib's RiemannianBundle on its tangent spaces; tangent-space norms and inner products are the Riemannian ones and Df(x)\mathrm Df(x)Df(x) is mfderiv. Geodesic completeness, separability, the distance and the Levi-Civita connection, standing assumptions of the paper, are not used by any statement and are dropped. The gradient is given as a field with its Riesz property. One retraction family is used for every step (the paper allows a different retraction at each step), the steps are positive, and indices start at 000.

The following readings are explicit:

  • The Fletcher–Reeves run is assumed never to stop (Df(xk)≠0\mathrm Df(x_k)\neq0Df(xk​)=0), since βk+1\beta_{k+1}βk+1​ divides by ∥Df(xk)∥2\|\mathrm Df(x_k)\|^2∥Df(xk​)∥2.
  • Descent of the Fletcher–Reeves directions is not assumed; it follows from Lemma 14.
  • "Lipschitz continuously differentiable on span{pk}\mathrm{span}\{p_k\}span{pk​} with constant LLL" is read for hk(t)=f(Rxk(tpk))h_k(t)=f(R_{x_k}(tp_k))hk​(t)=f(Rxk​​(tpk​)): hkh_khk​ is differentiable and ∣hk′(s)−hk′(t)∣≤L∣s−t∣ ∥pk∥2|h_k'(s)-h_k'(t)|\le L|s-t|\,\|p_k\|^2∣hk′​(s)−hk′​(t)∣≤L∣s−t∣∥pk​∥2, with L>0L>0L>0.
  • The hypotheses of Theorem 2 (lower bound on fff, line-Lipschitz condition), which the proof of Proposition 15 invokes but whose statement does not list, are added to Proposition 15 and to the square-summability milestone.
  • The lim inf⁡\liminfliminf is stated as: for every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 and NNN there is k≥Nk\ge Nk≥N with ∥Df(xk)∥<ε\|\mathrm Df(x_k)\|<\varepsilon∥Df(xk​)∥<ε; sums are stated with Summable.

The transport in the conclusion and in the Fletcher–Reeves update is the derivative of the retraction, not an arbitrary linear map; with an arbitrary map, condition (1b) would no longer be a statement about the pull-back f∘Rxkf\circ R_{x_k}f∘Rxk​​, and Zoutendijk's theorem would fail. A run predicate that no sequence satisfies would make the goal vacuous; the one-dimensional run M=R\mathcal M=\mathbb RM=R, Rx(v)=x+vR_x(v)=x+vRx​(v)=x+v, f(x)=x2/2f(x)=x^2/2f(x)=x2/2, c1=0.1c_1=0.1c1​=0.1, c2=0.45c_2=0.45c2​=0.45, xk+1=0.4xkx_{k+1}=0.4x_kxk+1​=0.4xk​ satisfies every hypothesis.

The paper's other main result, R-linear convergence of Riemannian BFGS (Proposition 10), is a separate mission, and its superlinear-rate results (Propositions 5, 7, 8, 12, Corollary 13), which require parallel transport and the exponential map, are out of scope. Contributions welcome: proofs of the chain rule identities for retractions (reusable for any Riemannian line search), of Zoutendijk's theorem, and of the milestones in order.

Selected references

  • W. Ring, B. Wirth, Optimization Methods on Riemannian Manifolds and Their Application to Shape Space, SIAM J. Optim. 22(2), 596–627, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1137/11082885X
  • M. Al-Baali, Descent property and global convergence of the Fletcher–Reeves method with inexact line search, IMA J. Numer. Anal. 5(1), 121–124, 1985. https://doi.org/10.1093/imanum/5.1.121
  • J. Nocedal, S. J. Wright, Numerical Optimization, 2nd ed., Springer, 2006 (Lemma 5.6, Theorem 5.7). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-0-387-40065-5
  • P.-A. Absil, R. Mahony, R. Sepulchre, Optimization Algorithms on Matrix Manifolds, Princeton University Press, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400830244
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical AnalysisOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimization Methods on Riemannian Manifolds and Their Application to Shape Space 1: Riemannian BFGS with Isometric Vector Transport Converges R-Linearly under Uniform ConvexityResearch Paper

Motivation

Many optimization problems in shape analysis, computer vision, numerical linear algebra and statistics have a feasible set that is not a vector space but a Riemannian manifold: spaces of curves modulo reparametrization, the Stiefel and Grassmann manifolds, fixed-rank matrices. On such a set the classical recipe "add a multiple of the search direction to the iterate" is not available, and line-search methods replace it by a retraction, a map that follows a tangent direction back onto the manifold (Absil, Mahony, Sepulchre 2008).

Quasi-Newton methods are the most widely used line-search methods in the Euclidean setting, and BFGS is the most popular of them. Transferring BFGS to a manifold raises a specific problem: the Hessian approximation BkB_kBk​ lives on the tangent space at xkx_kxk​, while the next one must live on the tangent space at xk+1x_{k+1}xk+1​, so a vector transport TkT_kTk​ between tangent spaces enters the update.

Timeline:

  • Gabay (1982) proposed a Riemannian BFGS update with geodesics and parallel transport (doi:10.1007/BF00934767).
  • Absil, Mahony and Sepulchre (2008) and Qi, Gallivan and Absil (2010) generalized it to arbitrary retractions and vector transports.
  • Ring and Wirth (2012), the source of this mission, proved global convergence and an R-linear rate for transported BFGS on possibly infinite-dimensional Riemannian manifolds, assuming that the transports are isometries (doi:10.1137/11082885X).
  • Later work by Huang, Gallivan and Absil (2015) relaxed the conditions on the transport (doi:10.1137/140955483).

Setting

Let M\mathcal MM be a smooth manifold modelled on a real Hilbert space EEE, with a Riemannian inner product gxg_xgx​ and norm ∥⋅∥x\|\cdot\|_x∥⋅∥x​ on each tangent space TxMT_x\mathcal MTx​M. For f:M→Rf:\mathcal M\to\mathbb Rf:M→R, Df(x)\mathrm Df(x)Df(x) is its differential, a functional on TxMT_x\mathcal MTx​M with dual norm ∥Df(x)∥x\|\mathrm Df(x)\|_x∥Df(x)∥x​.

A retraction is a family of smooth maps Rx:TxM→MR_x:T_x\mathcal M\to\mathcal MRx​:Tx​M→M with Rx(0)=xR_x(0)=xRx​(0)=x and DRx(0)=id\mathrm DR_x(0)=\mathrm{id}DRx​(0)=id. Write fRx=f∘Rxf_{R_x}=f\circ R_xfRx​​=f∘Rx​, a function on the vector space TxMT_x\mathcal MTx​M, with derivatives DfRx\mathrm Df_{R_x}DfRx​​ and D2fRx\mathrm D^2f_{R_x}D2fRx​​.

Algorithm 1 produces iterates xk+1=Rxk(αkpk)x_{k+1}=R_{x_k}(\alpha_kp_k)xk+1​=Rxk​​(αk​pk​). The step αk>0\alpha_k>0αk​>0 satisfies the Wolfe conditions with 0<c1<c2<10<c_1<c_2<10<c1​<c2​<1:

f(Rx(αp))≤f(x)+c1α Df(x)p,Df(Rx(αp)) DRx(αp) p ≥ c2 Df(x)p.f(R_x(\alpha p))\le f(x)+c_1\alpha\,\mathrm Df(x)p,\qquad \mathrm Df(R_x(\alpha p))\,\mathrm DR_x(\alpha p)\,p\ \ge\ c_2\,\mathrm Df(x)p.f(Rx​(αp))≤f(x)+c1​αDf(x)p,Df(Rx​(αp))DRx​(αp)p ≥ c2​Df(x)p.

The BFGS direction solves Bk(pk,⋅)=−Df(xk)B_k(p_k,\cdot)=-\mathrm Df(x_k)Bk​(pk​,⋅)=−Df(xk​) for a bounded bilinear form BkB_kBk​ on TxkMT_{x_k}\mathcal MTxk​​M. With sk=αkpks_k=\alpha_kp_ksk​=αk​pk​ and yk=DfRxk(sk)−DfRxk(0)y_k=\mathrm Df_{R_{x_k}}(s_k)-\mathrm Df_{R_{x_k}}(0)yk​=DfRxk​​​(sk​)−DfRxk​​​(0), the next form is defined on Txk+1MT_{x_{k+1}}\mathcal MTxk+1​​M through an invertible linear map Tk:TxkM→Txk+1MT_k:T_{x_k}\mathcal M\to T_{x_{k+1}}\mathcal MTk​:Txk​​M→Txk+1​​M:

Bk+1(Tkv,Tkw)=Bk(v,w)−Bk(sk,v)Bk(sk,w)Bk(sk,sk)+(ykv)(ykw)yksk.B_{k+1}(T_kv,T_kw)=B_k(v,w)-\frac{B_k(s_k,v)B_k(s_k,w)}{B_k(s_k,s_k)}+\frac{(y_kv)(y_kw)}{y_ks_k}.Bk+1​(Tk​v,Tk​w)=Bk​(v,w)−Bk​(sk​,sk​)Bk​(sk​,v)Bk​(sk​,w)​+yk​sk​(yk​v)(yk​w)​.

The analysis uses the angle cos⁡θk=Bk(sk,sk)/(∥sk∥ ∥Bk(sk,⋅)∥)\cos\theta_k=B_k(s_k,s_k)/(\|s_k\|\,\|B_k(s_k,\cdot)\|)cosθk​=Bk​(sk​,sk​)/(∥sk​∥∥Bk​(sk​,⋅)∥) and the Rayleigh quotient qk=Bk(sk,sk)/∥sk∥2q_k=B_k(s_k,s_k)/\|s_k\|^2qk​=Bk​(sk​,sk​)/∥sk​∥2.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 10

Assume:

  • the TkT_kTk​ are isometries;
  • B0B_0B0​ is symmetric and coercive;
  • for 0<m<M0<m<M0<m<M and every kkk, the set Sk=Rxk−1({f≤f(x0)})S_k=R_{x_k}^{-1}(\{f\le f(x_0)\})Sk​=Rxk​−1​({f≤f(x0​)}) is convex and m∥v∥2≤D2fRxk(p)(v,v)≤M∥v∥2m\|v\|^2\le\mathrm D^2f_{R_{x_k}}(p)(v,v)\le M\|v\|^2m∥v∥2≤D2fRxk​​​(p)(v,v)≤M∥v∥2 for p∈Skp\in S_kp∈Sk​;
  • x∗x^*x∗ is a minimizer of fff that every RxkR_{x_k}Rxk​​ reaches.

Then there is 0<μ<10<\mu<10<μ<1 with

f(xk+1)−f(x∗)≤μk+1(f(x0)−f(x∗))∀k∈N.f(x_{k+1})-f(x^*)\le\mu^{k+1}\big(f(x_0)-f(x^*)\big)\qquad\forall k\in\mathbb N.f(xk+1​)−f(x∗)≤μk+1(f(x0​)−f(x∗))∀k∈N.

The rate μ\muμ is not specified: the goal asserts only R-linear convergence, the shape of the result.

Milestones, in proof order

  1. Lemma 9. If ∥Tk∥\|T_k\|∥Tk​∥ and ∥Tk−1∥\|T_k^{-1}\|∥Tk−1​∥ are uniformly bounded and B0B_0B0​ is (symmetric and) coercive, then yksk>0y_ks_k>0yk​sk​>0 and every BkB_kBk​ is coercive.
  2. Curvature-pair bounds. ∥yk∥2/(yksk)≤M\|y_k\|^2/(y_ks_k)\le M∥yk​∥2/(yk​sk​)≤M and yksk/∥sk∥2≥my_ks_k/\|s_k\|^2\ge myk​sk​/∥sk​∥2≥m.
  3. Good indices. For every 0<r<10<r<10<r<1 there are κ,ρ,σ>0\kappa,\rho,\sigma>0κ,ρ,σ>0 such that every kkk has at least ⌊r(k+1)⌋\lfloor r(k+1)\rfloor⌊r(k+1)⌋ indices i≤ki\le ki≤k with cos⁡θi≥κ\cos\theta_i\ge\kappacosθi​≥κ and ρ≤qi/cos⁡θi≤σ\rho\le q_i/\cos\theta_i\le\sigmaρ≤qi​/cosθi​≤σ.
  4. Step-length bound. αi≥1−c2Mqi\alpha_i\ge\frac{1-c_2}{M}q_iαi​≥M1−c2​​qi​.
  5. Gradient dominance. f(x)−f(x∗)≤∥Df(x)∥2/(2m)f(x)-f(x^*)\le\|\mathrm Df(x)\|^2/(2m)f(x)−f(x∗)≤∥Df(x)∥2/(2m) on the sublevel set.
  6. Rate display. Given milestone 3's constants,
f(xk+1)−f(x∗)≤(1−1−c2Mc1κ2ρσ2m)⌊r(k+1)⌋(f(x0)−f(x∗)).f(x_{k+1})-f(x^*)\le\Big(1-\tfrac{1-c_2}{M}c_1\tfrac{\kappa^2\rho}{\sigma}2m\Big)^{\lfloor r(k+1)\rfloor}\big(f(x_0)-f(x^*)\big).f(xk+1​)−f(x∗)≤(1−M1−c2​​c1​σκ2ρ​2m)⌊r(k+1)⌋(f(x0​)−f(x∗)).

Significance

The result. Proposition 10 is a global convergence guarantee for a quasi-Newton method on manifolds, with no restriction to a neighbourhood of the minimizer and no finite-dimensionality. It applies to Riemannian shape spaces of curves, where the paper's numerical experiments take place. The paper's superlinear-rate theory (Proposition 12, Corollary 13) starts from this linear rate.

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper but has not been machine-checked. A formal proof also checks the delicate points of the infinite-dimensional argument, in particular the use of traces and Fredholm determinants of trace-class perturbations of the identity. The statement as printed needs a correction: the printed bound f(xk)−f(x∗)≤μk+1(f(x0)−f(x∗))f(x_k)-f(x^*)\le\mu^{k+1}(f(x_0)-f(x^*))f(xk​)−f(x∗)≤μk+1(f(x0​)−f(x∗)) fails at k=0k=0k=0, and the formal goal bounds f(xk+1)f(x_{k+1})f(xk+1​), as the appendix's own final display does.

Difficulty

The Euclidean proof idea of bounding the eigenvalues of BkB_kBk​ uniformly does not work for BFGS: those eigenvalues are not uniformly controlled. The Byrd–Nocedal argument replaces them by trace and determinant estimates, which show that a fixed fraction of the iterations have well-conditioned angles. In infinite dimensions the trace and the determinant of BkB_kBk​ do not exist. One must work with AkB^kAk−idA_k\hat B_kA_k-\mathrm{id}Ak​B^k​Ak​−id, which is trace class, and with the Fredholm determinant, and show that isometric transports leave these quantities invariant. That invariance is exactly where the isometry hypothesis enters. Lemma 9 is also not a finite-dimensional triviality: positive definiteness of Bk+1B_{k+1}Bk+1​ does not give coercivity, and a separate compactness-free argument is needed.

Formalization scope

The manifold is a Mathlib ChartedSpace E M, with EEE a complete real inner-product space, IsManifold 𝓘(ℝ, E) ∞ M, and a RiemannianBundle on TangentSpace 𝓘(ℝ, E). Every norm on a tangent space is the Riemannian one. Df(x)\mathrm Df(x)Df(x) is mfderiv, read as a functional on TxMT_x\mathcal MTx​M, and its norm is the operator norm.

Committed conventions and explicit readings:

  • One retraction family RRR for all kkk. The paper allows a different retraction per step.
  • Smoothness of RxR_xRx​ is stated for the map out of the model space EEE, which carries the topology of TxMT_x\mathcal MTx​M.
  • The run equation xk+1=Rxk(αkpk)x_{k+1}=R_{x_k}(\alpha_kp_k)xk+1​=Rxk​​(αk​pk​) is an explicit hypothesis: it is what identifies Txk+1MT_{x_{k+1}}\mathcal MTxk+1​​M with the tangent space at the new point. The BkB_kBk​ and TkT_kTk​ (as continuous linear equivalences) are data constrained by the update formula.
  • Regularity and non-termination: αk>0\alpha_k>0αk​>0, fff differentiable, fRxkf_{R_{x_k}}fRxk​​​ of class C2C^2C2, and Df(xk)≠0\mathrm Df(x_k)\neq0Df(xk​)=0 for all kkk. Only runs that never stop are covered.
  • Symmetry of B0B_0B0​ is assumed in Lemma 9 as well. The lemma's proof uses it, and without it the first update can lose coercivity.
  • Convexity of SkS_kSk​ is part of "uniformly convex on the sublevel set". Without it, a double-well function whose sublevel set has two strongly convex components is a counterexample.
  • Reachability of x∗x^*x∗ by every RxkR_{x_k}Rxk​​ is assumed, since the appendix uses Rxk−1(x∗)R_{x_k}^{-1}(x^*)Rxk​−1​(x∗).
  • Dropped assumptions: geodesic completeness, separability, the distance and the Levi-Civita connection are not used and are dropped.
  • Corrected index: the rate display and the goal bound f(xk+1)f(x_{k+1})f(xk+1​), because the decrease obtained at a good index iii improves xi+1x_{i+1}xi+1​.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out on three fronts. A sorry-free check on M=E=R\mathcal M=E=\mathbb RM=E=R, with Rx(v)=x+vR_x(v)=x+vRx​(v)=x+v, f(x)=x2/2f(x)=x^2/2f(x)=x2/2 and xk+1=0.4xkx_{k+1}=0.4x_kxk+1​=0.4xk​, shows that the run hypotheses are satisfiable. Every quotient in a statement has a positive denominator along such a run. The rate μ\muμ is quantified after the run and before kkk.

Infrastructure that a complete development needs, and that is reusable beyond this mission:

  • calculus of f∘Rxf\circ R_xf∘Rx​ on a tangent space with its Riemannian norm;
  • Taylor's formula with integral remainder;
  • trace-class operators and Fredholm determinants on Hilbert spaces, with Lidskii's theorem.

The last item is absent from Mathlib, and contributions toward it are welcome. The paper's other main result, convergence of Fletcher–Reeves conjugate gradients (Proposition 15), is a separate mission. The superlinear-rate results (Lemma 6, Propositions 5, 7, 8, 12, Corollaries 11, 13) and the numerical §4 are out of scope.

Selected references

  • W. Ring, B. Wirth, Optimization Methods on Riemannian Manifolds and Their Application to Shape Space, SIAM J. Optim. 22(2), 596–627, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1137/11082885X
  • P.-A. Absil, R. Mahony, R. Sepulchre, Optimization Algorithms on Matrix Manifolds, Princeton University Press, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400830244
  • D. Gabay, Minimizing a differentiable function over a differential manifold, J. Optim. Theory Appl. 37, 177–219, 1982. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00934767
  • R. H. Byrd, J. Nocedal, A tool for the analysis of quasi-Newton methods with application to unconstrained minimization, SIAM J. Numer. Anal. 26(3), 727–739, 1989. https://doi.org/10.1137/0726042
  • W. Huang, K. A. Gallivan, P.-A. Absil, A Broyden class of quasi-Newton methods for Riemannian optimization, SIAM J. Optim. 25(3), 1660–1685, 2015. https://doi.org/10.1137/140955483
8 thms1 active userReviewed
AnalysisOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Clarke Subgradients of Stratifiable Functions I: Every Clarke Subgradient of a Lower Semicontinuous Function with a Nonvertical Whitney-Stratified Graph Dominates the Stratum GradientResearch Paper

Motivation

First-order methods for nonsmooth, nonconvex optimization (proximal algorithms, alternating minimization, subgradient-type descent) are analysed through generalized derivatives. Convergence and complexity arguments need a lower bound on the size of those derivatives away from critical points. For the Clarke subdifferential of a general lower semicontinuous function no such bound is available: Clarke subgradients can be small, or even zero, at points where the function decreases steeply along a smooth piece of its domain.

Bolte, Daniilidis, Lewis and Shiota (SIAM J. Optim. 18(2), 2007) showed that the obstruction disappears for functions whose graph admits a Whitney stratification, a partition into smooth manifolds that fit together regularly. Semialgebraic functions, and more generally functions definable in an o-minimal structure, have such stratifications. For these functions every Clarke subgradient is at least as long as the gradient of the function along the stratum through the point. This projection formula is the step from the geometry of the graph to the nonsmooth Kurdyka–Łojasiewicz inequality of the same paper, which underlies the convergence theory of many splitting methods (Attouch–Bolte–Svaiter 2013; Bolte–Sabach–Teboulle 2014).

This mission covers §2–§3 of the paper: the definitions, the projection formula (Proposition 4) and its Corollary 5 (i). The Kurdyka–Łojasiewicz part (§4) is a separate mission of the same series.

Setting

Let f:Rn→R∪{+∞}f:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R\cup\{+\infty\}f:Rn→R∪{+∞} be lower semicontinuous, with domain dom⁡f={x:f(x)<+∞}\operatorname{dom} f=\{x: f(x)<+\infty\}domf={x:f(x)<+∞} and graph Graph⁡f={(x,f(x)):x∈dom⁡f}⊂Rn+1\operatorname{Graph} f=\{(x,f(x)):x\in\operatorname{dom} f\}\subset\mathbb R^{n+1}Graphf={(x,f(x)):x∈domf}⊂Rn+1.

  • A Fréchet subgradient of fff at x∈dom⁡fx\in\operatorname{dom} fx∈domf is a vector x∗x^*x∗ with lim inf⁡y→x, y≠x [f(y)−f(x)−⟨x∗,y−x⟩]/∥y−x∥≥0\liminf_{y\to x,\,y\ne x}\,[f(y)-f(x)-\langle x^*,y-x\rangle]/\|y-x\|\ge 0liminfy→x,y=x​[f(y)−f(x)−⟨x∗,y−x⟩]/∥y−x∥≥0; they form ∂^f(x)\hat\partial f(x)∂^f(x).
  • The limiting subdifferential ∂f(x)\partial f(x)∂f(x) consists of limits x∗=lim⁡xk∗x^*=\lim x_k^*x∗=limxk∗​ with xk∗∈∂^f(xk)x_k^*\in\hat\partial f(x_k)xk∗​∈∂^f(xk​), xk→xx_k\to xxk​→x and f(xk)→f(x)f(x_k)\to f(x)f(xk​)→f(x).
  • The singular limiting subdifferential ∂∞f(x)\partial^\infty f(x)∂∞f(x) consists of limits lim⁡tkyk∗\lim t_ky_k^*limtk​yk∗​ with yk∗∈∂^f(yk)y_k^*\in\hat\partial f(y_k)yk∗​∈∂^f(yk​), yk→xy_k\to xyk​→x, f(yk)→f(x)f(y_k)\to f(x)f(yk​)→f(x) and tk↘0+t_k\searrow 0^+tk​↘0+.
  • The Clarke subdifferential is ∂∘f(x)=co⁡‾ {∂f(x)+∂∞f(x)}\partial^\circ f(x)=\overline{\operatorname{co}}\,\{\partial f(x)+\partial^\infty f(x)\}∂∘f(x)=co{∂f(x)+∂∞f(x)} for x∈dom⁡fx\in\operatorname{dom} fx∈domf (closed convex hull) and ∅\emptyset∅ otherwise.

A CpC^pCp stratification (Xi)i∈I(X_i)_{i\in I}(Xi​)i∈I​ of a nonempty set XXX is a locally finite partition of XXX into CpC^pCp submanifolds (the strata) such that Xi‾∩Xj≠∅\overline{X_i}\cap X_j\ne\emptysetXi​​∩Xj​=∅ implies Xj⊂Xi‾∖XiX_j\subset\overline{X_i}\setminus X_iXj​⊂Xi​​∖Xi​ for i≠ji\ne ji=j. It has the Whitney-(a) property if, whenever xk∈Xix_k\in X_ixk​∈Xi​ converge to x∈Xjx\in X_jx∈Xj​ (i≠ji\ne ji=j) and the tangent spaces TxkXiT_{x_k}X_iTxk​​Xi​ converge to a subspace T\mathcal TT, then TxXj⊂TT_xX_j\subset\mathcal TTx​Xj​⊂T; subspaces converge in the gap D(V,W)=max⁡{sup⁡v∈V,∥v∥=1d(v,W),sup⁡w∈W,∥w∥=1d(w,V)}D(V,W)=\max\{\sup_{v\in V,\|v\|=1}d(v,W),\sup_{w\in W,\|w\|=1}d(w,V)\}D(V,W)=max{supv∈V,∥v∥=1​d(v,W),supw∈W,∥w∥=1​d(w,V)}. A Whitney stratification is a C1C^1C1 stratification with this property.

A stratification S=(Si)i∈I\mathcal S=(S_i)_{i\in I}S=(Si​)i∈I​ of Graph⁡f\operatorname{Graph} fGraphf is nonvertical if en+1=(0,…,0,1)∉TuSie_{n+1}=(0,\dots,0,1)\notin T_uS_ien+1​=(0,…,0,1)∈/Tu​Si​ for every iii and u∈Siu\in S_iu∈Si​ (condition (H)). Let Π:Rn+1→Rn\Pi:\mathbb R^{n+1}\to\mathbb R^nΠ:Rn+1→Rn drop the last coordinate. For x∈dom⁡fx\in\operatorname{dom} fx∈domf let SxS_xSx​ be the stratum containing (x,f(x))(x,f(x))(x,f(x)) and TxXx=Π(T(x,f(x))Sx)T_xX_x=\Pi(T_{(x,f(x))}S_x)Tx​Xx​=Π(T(x,f(x))​Sx​). Nonverticality makes the tangent space of SxS_xSx​ the graph of a linear form over TxXxT_xX_xTx​Xx​; the vector representing it is the stratum gradient ∇Rf(x)∈TxXx\nabla_R f(x)\in T_xX_x∇R​f(x)∈Tx​Xx​, characterized by (∇Rf(x),−1)⊥T(x,f(x))Sx(\nabla_R f(x),-1)\perp T_{(x,f(x))}S_x(∇R​f(x),−1)⊥T(x,f(x))​Sx​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Corollary 5 (i), p. 563

For lower semicontinuous fff whose graph admits a nonvertical Whitney stratification, and every x∈dom⁡fx\in\operatorname{dom} fx∈domf,

∥∇Rf(x)∥≤∥x∗∥for all x∗∈∂∘f(x).\|\nabla_R f(x)\|\le\|x^*\|\qquad\text{for all }x^*\in\partial^\circ f(x).∥∇R​f(x)∥≤∥x∗∥for all x∗∈∂∘f(x).

Projection formula: Proposition 4, p. 561

Proj⁡TxXx∂f(x)⊂{∇Rf(x)},Proj⁡TxXx∂∞f(x)={0},(9)\operatorname{Proj}_{T_xX_x}\partial f(x)\subset\{\nabla_R f(x)\},\qquad\operatorname{Proj}_{T_xX_x}\partial^\infty f(x)=\{0\},\tag{9}ProjTx​Xx​​∂f(x)⊂{∇R​f(x)},ProjTx​Xx​​∂∞f(x)={0},(9) Proj⁡TxXx∂∘f(x)⊂{∇Rf(x)}.(10)\operatorname{Proj}_{T_xX_x}\partial^\circ f(x)\subset\{\nabla_R f(x)\}.\tag{10}ProjTx​Xx​​∂∘f(x)⊂{∇R​f(x)}.(10)

Milestones from the proof (pp. 559 and 562)

  • (11): Proj⁡TxXx∂^f(x)⊂{∇Rf(x)}\operatorname{Proj}_{T_xX_x}\hat\partial f(x)\subset\{\nabla_R f(x)\}ProjTx​Xx​​∂^f(x)⊂{∇R​f(x)}.
  • (12): Proj⁡TxXx∂f(x)⊂{∇Rf(x)}\operatorname{Proj}_{T_xX_x}\partial f(x)\subset\{\nabla_R f(x)\}ProjTx​Xx​​∂f(x)⊂{∇R​f(x)} and Proj⁡TxXx∂∞f(x)⊂{0}\operatorname{Proj}_{T_xX_x}\partial^\infty f(x)\subset\{0\}ProjTx​Xx​​∂∞f(x)⊂{0}.
  • Remark 2 (ii): 0∈∂∞f(x)0\in\partial^\infty f(x)0∈∂∞f(x) for every x∈dom⁡fx\in\operatorname{dom} fx∈domf.

Further items state that the stratum gradient exists and is unique under (H), the equality Proj⁡TxXx∂∘f(x)={∇Rf(x)}\operatorname{Proj}_{T_xX_x}\partial^\circ f(x)=\{\nabla_R f(x)\}ProjTx​Xx​​∂∘f(x)={∇R​f(x)} when ∂∘f(x)≠∅\partial^\circ f(x)\neq\emptyset∂∘f(x)=∅ (Remark 4), the chain ∂^f⊂∂f⊂∂∘f\hat\partial f\subset\partial f\subset\partial^\circ f∂^f⊂∂f⊂∂∘f of (7), nonverticality for locally Lipschitz functions (Remark 3), and the nonsmooth Morse–Sard theorem of Corollary 5 (ii).

Significance

The inequality (14) says that Clarke critical points of a stratifiable function are critical points of its restriction to a stratum, and that the Clarke subdifferential is never shorter than the smooth gradient along the stratum. Two consequences are drawn in the paper. With countably many strata and the classical Morse–Sard theorem it gives a nonsmooth Morse–Sard theorem: the set of Clarke critical values has measure zero (Corollary 5 (ii)). Combined with the o-minimal Łojasiewicz inequality for the restrictions f∣Xif|_{X_i}f∣Xi​​ it gives the nonsmooth Kurdyka–Łojasiewicz inequality for definable lower semicontinuous functions (§4), the hypothesis behind global convergence results for proximal and splitting algorithms on semialgebraic problems.

All results of this mission are proved in the paper. None has a machine-checked proof that we know of: Mathlib has the tangent cone, Fréchet differentiability and orthogonal projections, but no stratifications, no singular or Clarke subdifferential of an extended-valued function, and no projection formula. The work is to formalize the paper's proof, which reduces the projection formula to the behaviour of Fréchet normals under limits of tangent spaces.

Difficulty

The first step, (11), is local and smooth: along a C1C^1C1 curve in the stratum the function is differentiable, and a Fréchet subgradient must agree with the derivative in tangent directions. The difficulty is the passage to limits in (12). A limiting subgradient at xxx is a limit of Fréchet subgradients at points xkx_kxk​ which may lie in a different, higher-dimensional stratum SiS_iSi​; nothing in the smooth argument relates TxkXiT_{x_k}X_iTxk​​Xi​ to TxXxT_xX_xTx​Xx​. The relation is supplied exactly by the Whitney-(a) property, together with the compactness of the Grassmannian and the local finiteness of the stratification. Without Whitney-(a) the inclusions fail, so a proof that never uses it is wrong. The singular part requires the same argument for rescaled subgradients tkyk∗t_ky_k^*tk​yk∗​, whose normals (tkyk∗,−tk)(t_ky_k^*,-t_k)(tk​yk∗​,−tk​) become horizontal in the limit.

Formalization scope

Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), Rn+1\mathbb R^{n+1}Rn+1 is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin (n+1)) with the function value as the last coordinate, and R∪{+∞}\mathbb R\cup\{+\infty\}R∪{+∞} is EReal with fff never −∞-\infty−∞. The Fréchet and limiting subdifferentials are the published NonconvexSplitting.Shared.IsRegularSubgrad and LimitingSubdiff; the tangent space TuMT_uMTu​M (span of the tangent cone) and CpC^pCp submanifolds (coordinate slices of some dimension) are the published ProjLikeRetr.Retractor definitions. The closed convex hull in (6) is closedConvexHull, not convexHull. Strata may be empty; local finiteness is required at points of the stratified set; a gap supremum over an empty unit sphere is 000. The stratification hypothesis is taken of class C1C^1C1, the weakest case of the paper's "CpC^pCp-Whitney".

The stratum gradient is defined intrinsically: g∈Π(TuS)g\in\Pi(T_uS)g∈Π(Tu​S) with (g,−1)⊥TuS(g,-1)\perp T_uS(g,−1)⊥Tu​S. It is not defined as a derivative of fff along the whole projected set Π(Si)\Pi(S_i)Π(Si​). That set can fail to be a submanifold for a discontinuous lower semicontinuous fff, and every statement would then hold vacuously at such points. A companion item proves existence and uniqueness of the stratum gradient under (H), so the goal is not vacuous. The goal quantifies over all elements of ∂∘f(x)\partial^\circ f(x)∂∘f(x); this set may be empty (Remark 4), which is the page's restriction to x∈dom⁡∂∘fx\in\operatorname{dom}\partial^\circ fx∈dom∂∘f, and no real-valued distance to ∂∘f(x)\partial^\circ f(x)∂∘f(x) is used.

A complete development needs the tangent space of a C1C^1C1 submanifold as the image of the chart derivative, convergence of subspaces and compactness of the Grassmannian of Rn+1\mathbb R^{n+1}Rn+1, Fréchet normals to epigraphs, and the density of dom⁡∂^f\operatorname{dom}\hat\partial fdom∂^f in dom⁡f\operatorname{dom} fdomf for lower semicontinuous fff. These pieces are reusable beyond this mission; the subspace gap and Whitney stratifications are prerequisites of the §4 mission. Contributions of any of the listed lemmas are welcome, as are proofs of the companion items.

Selected references

  • J. Bolte, A. Daniilidis, A. Lewis, M. Shiota, Clarke subgradients of stratifiable functions, SIAM J. Optim. 18(2):556–572, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1137/060670080
  • R. T. Rockafellar, R. J.-B. Wets, Variational Analysis, Grundlehren 317, Springer, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-02431-3
  • L. van den Dries, C. Miller, Geometric categories and o-minimal structures, Duke Math. J. 84(2):497–540, 1996. https://doi.org/10.1215/S0012-7094-96-08416-1
  • H. Attouch, J. Bolte, B. F. Svaiter, Convergence of descent methods for semi-algebraic and tame problems, Math. Program. 137:91–129, 2013. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-011-0484-9
  • J. Bolte, S. Sabach, M. Teboulle, Proximal alternating linearized minimization for nonconvex and nonsmooth problems, Math. Program. 146:459–494, 2014. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-013-0701-9
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Analysis·Captain: marwahaha

A negatively pinched Kähler threefold without bounded holomorphic coordinatesOpen Problem

Motivation

Negative curvature suggests strong analytic control, but bounded holomorphic coordinates impose a different global condition. The target constructs a complex threefold separating them. The pinned manuscript supplies the research context.

Setting

The construction uses the encoded Hartogs domain and a complete Kähler metric with sectional curvature between two negative constants. Holomorphic coordinate obstructions are stated in the published main proposition.

Formalization target

The selected goal is OAI.PinchedHartogs.main_theorem. Its central assertion is

−C≤Kg≤−c<0.-C\leq K_g\leq-c<0.−C≤Kg​≤−c<0.

The theorem states that there exist a subset M of ℂ³ (realized as ℂ² × ℂ) and a matrix-valued function g assigning a 3×3 complex matrix to each point, together with real numbers A and B, such that M is open, nonempty and contractible, and g is a Kähler metric on M, meaning g is C^∞ on M, Hermitian at each point (g_ij = conj(g_ji)), positive definite (the Hermitian form of g at u has positive real part for every nonzero u), and satisfies the closedness condition ∂g_kj/∂z_i = ∂g_ij/∂z_k, with ∂ the Wirtinger derivative (1/2)(∂_x − i∂_y). Moreover the metric is geodesically complete on M: for every point p in M and every vector v there is a C^∞ curve γ: ℝ → M with γ(0)=p, γ'(0)=v that satisfies the geodesic equation γ''k + Σ Γ^k{ac} γ'_a γ'_c = 0 for all t, where the Christoffel symbols are built from the inverse of g and the ∂ derivatives of g. The metric is also negatively pinched: 0 < A ≤ B and, for every point of M and every real-linearly independent pair u, v, the sectional curvature, computed from the explicit curvature tensor formula in the source, lies between −B and −A. In addition, M has no bounded coordinates: there is no map F from ℂ³ to ℂ³, holomorphic on a neighbourhood of every point of M and bounded in every component on M, whose complex Jacobian determinant is nonzero at every point of M. Finally, M is not biholomorphic to a bounded domain, that is, there is no bounded open set N with holomorphic maps F on M and G on N, each analytic near the respective set, mapping M into N and N into M, which are mutually inverse.

Significance and status

The selected main theorem requires a nonempty open contractible domain, a geodesically complete Kähler metric with two-sided negative real-sectional pinching, no bounded holomorphic map to complex three-space with everywhere-nonsingular differential, and no biholomorphism to a bounded domain. The controlled potential and metric-transfer statements are attached as supporting milestones. The target is currently Open on Prove2Me. The manuscript's mathematical argument and a machine-checked proof of the selected statement are separate deliverables.

Difficulty

Metric completeness and two-sided negative curvature must coexist with a global obstruction to bounded holomorphic coordinates.

Formalization scope

The exact published goal, its hypotheses and its referenced definition blocks specify the requested formalization. The explanatory formula above is a summary; all quantifiers and additional clauses in the linked statement remain required.

Additional published targets are included as separate references:

  • OAI.PinchedHartogs.controlled_potential (Open).
  • OAI.PinchedHartogs.metric_transfer (Open).

Selected references

  • OpenAI, A negatively pinched Kähler threefold without bounded holomorphic coordinates, preprint, 2026. Manuscript.
  • OpenAI, accompanying formal statements, commit adc7f1241b42. Selected goal source.
4 thms1 active userReviewed
Partial Differential Equations·Captain: marwahaha

The affine Bernstein theorem in dimensions three through nineOpen Problem

Motivation

Affine maximal graphs satisfy a nonlinear fourth-order geometric equation. The target asks whether completeness forces such a locally uniformly convex graph to be a paraboloid. The pinned manuscript supplies the research context.

Setting

The dimension is between three and nine. The domain is nonempty, open and convex, the function is smooth with positive-definite Hessian, and completeness uses intrinsic Euclidean graph length.

Formalization target

The selected goal is OAI.AffineBernstein.affine_bernstein. Its central assertion is

Ω=Rn,u(x)=12xTAx+b⋅x+c,A>0.\Omega=\mathbb R^n,\qquad u(x)=\tfrac12x^TAx+b\cdot x+c,\quad A>0.Ω=Rn,u(x)=21​xTAx+b⋅x+c,A>0.

The theorem states that, for every integer dimension 3 ≤ n ≤ 9, a nonempty open convex set Ω ⊆ ℝⁿ and a function u : ℝⁿ → ℝ that is smooth on Ω satisfy the following conclusion under three hypotheses. First, the Hessian H = D²u is positive definite at every point of Ω. Second, u satisfies the affine maximal equation ∑ᵢⱼ Uᵢⱼ ∂ᵢ∂ⱼw = 0 throughout Ω, where U = (det H)H⁻¹ and w = (det H)^{−(n+1)/(n+2)}. Third, the graph is complete for its intrinsic Euclidean path distance: the distance between x and y in Ω is the infimum over C¹ paths γ in Ω joining them of ∫₀¹ √(‖γ′(t)‖² + (Du(γ(t))γ′(t))²) dt, and every Cauchy sequence for this distance has a limit in Ω for the same distance. Then Ω = ℝⁿ and there exist a symmetric positive definite real n × n matrix A, a vector b ∈ ℝⁿ, and c ∈ ℝ such that u(x) = ½xᵀAx + b·x + c for every x ∈ ℝⁿ. Moreover, an invertible affine map of ℝⁿ × ℝ carries the standard paraboloid {(x, ‖x‖²)} onto the graph {(x, u(x)) : x ∈ Ω}.

Significance and status

The goal also gives an invertible affine map from the standard paraboloid to the graph. The wider immersed-hypersurface formulation is not included as a separate target. The target is currently Open on Prove2Me. The manuscript's mathematical argument and a machine-checked proof of the selected statement are separate deliverables.

Difficulty

The domain is not initially assumed to be all of space. Both global domain exhaustion and the quadratic form must follow from the equation and completeness.

Formalization scope

The exact published goal, its hypotheses and its referenced definition blocks specify the requested formalization. The explanatory formula above is a summary; all quantifiers and additional clauses in the linked statement remain required.

The available published material supplies this goal and its necessary definitions. Additional manuscript lemmas are not represented as attached milestones.

Selected references

  • OpenAI, The affine Bernstein theorem in dimensions three through nine, preprint, 2026. Manuscript.
  • OpenAI, accompanying formal statements, commit adc7f1241b42. Selected goal source.
2 thms1 active userReviewed
PreviousPage 2 of 3Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me